{"version":1,"pages":[{"id":"f47QFzGQynr30CDwOV8T","title":"Getting Started","pathname":"/","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Todo lo que necesitas para desplegar, automatizar y escalar con la plataforma. Guías de producto, API Reference y referencia técnica."},{"id":"oGdnOMPPDtGQDpSfuxQ2","title":"Plataforma","pathname":"/platform","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La base de tu operación en Plenit en un vistazo: tu cuenta, las organizaciones de tus clientes y tu facturación."},{"id":"3r7fGEb6y2FSSnU0LFQg","title":"Cuentas","pathname":"/platform/accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Tu identidad personal en Plenit: un usuario, varias organizaciones y tu vista global de todo lo tuyo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"MCeWJFyCd9qwGX5O6nkb","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/platform/accounts/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Conoce los tres niveles del panel, completa tu perfil y asegura tu cuenta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"}]},{"id":"0tjXuhd1r0CLZaYeaLuo","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las ideas clave de tu cuenta: qué es tu cuenta frente a una organización, tu perfil, cómo se organiza el panel y cómo se separan tus recursos de los de tus clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"}]},{"id":"uWYnF0GMFaQU3exU92La","title":"Mi Perfil","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts/my-profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La cara personal de tu cuenta: tus datos, tu seguridad, tus organizaciones y tu actividad, en cuatro pestañas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Tuny15XmcLitSmW4PsOm","title":"Cuenta y Organización","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts/account-and-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es tu cuenta, qué es una organización y por qué un mismo usuario pertenece a varias con un rol distinto en cada una.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"ZMgfpYKPxkdV2AjZD7ix","title":"Cómo se Organiza el Panel","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts/the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los tres niveles del menú y la diferencia entre tu vista global y la de una sola organización.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Ehakn36iPJFijsLMjLL3","title":"Tus Recursos y los de tus Clientes","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts/resources-and-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Por qué varias pantallas de Inicio separan lo de tu organización de lo de tus clientes en dos pestañas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"DZ8cR1Os0a8xsnn3b6Vi","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/platform/accounts/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos que más aparecen en la documentación de Cuenta, con una definición breve.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"2zroXzy5Rgi5js9Uc3HL","title":"How-to","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para las tareas de tu cuenta: tu perfil, tu seguridad, tu equipo y tu actividad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"}]},{"id":"MvzAh7MKKtLI4TpAn8UN","title":"Cómo Dar de alta Usuarios","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-add-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Añade usuarios a tu organización, uno a uno o en bloque, con sus datos, su contraseña y su seguridad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"QiiavXOtsQJNJ82hgTec","title":"Cómo Gestionar tus Usuarios","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Edita tus usuarios, actívalos o desactívalos y elimínalos desde Inicio > Usuarios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"edzFnktBgBxiLf6JdoIF","title":"Cómo Asignar Permisos a un Usuario","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-assign-user-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Controla a qué puede acceder cada usuario: al panel, a las secciones de la organización y a las suscripciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"2L1EgPTDVWTtoUTQW7CM","title":"Cómo Crear y Gestionar tus Suscripciones","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea, edita, actualiza y elimina suscripciones desde Inicio > Suscripciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"85mxZEH1EDkR6WbxQIgu","title":"Cómo Consultar y Exportar tus Eventos","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-view-and-export-events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Revisa el registro de eventos de tu cuenta, acótalo con filtros y expórtalo cuando lo necesites.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"gXJARCtiuytM2WVrgqMj","title":"Cómo Configurar tus Emails de Seguridad","pathname":"/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-configure-security-emails","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Añade direcciones de correo de respaldo para recuperar el acceso a tu cuenta y recibir avisos de seguridad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"RtgEqrrFX3idWs77Ouwl","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/platform/accounts/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Respuestas rápidas a las dudas más habituales sobre tu cuenta","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"}]},{"id":"EcSf9m99Khmod4FtLvdt","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/platform/accounts/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia de consulta de Cuenta: campos, columnas y estados. Hijas: campos-perfil · seguridad · eventos · listas","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"}]},{"id":"FjcxorE0IEUUIj4JzC1A","title":"Campos de Mi Perfil","pathname":"/platform/accounts/details/profile-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Referencia de los campos de la pestaña Perfil: qué es cada uno y si es editable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"LvzsyKt5oIK6brONIwvJ","title":"Seguridad","pathname":"/platform/accounts/details/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Referencia de los tres apartados de Seguridad: cambiar contraseña, emails de seguridad y eliminar usuario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"5OfgnYIj3IsJNip9wox1","title":"Eventos","pathname":"/platform/accounts/details/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las columnas del registro de eventos en sus dos vistas y los estados de sesión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"z7GmBzsSgMEjfuSBCZDF","title":"Columnas de los Listados","pathname":"/platform/accounts/details/lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Muestra cada columna en los listados de Organizaciones, Suscripciones y Usuarios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Cuentas"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"cz7O0PLYQggvgrH2CipA","title":"Organizaciones","pathname":"/platform/organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea, configura y administra las organizaciones a las que das servicio, muévete entre ellas y trabaja con el panel de cada una.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"lRMPoXbIbZkpvZZ0a0AK","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/platform/organizations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"De cero a operativo: entiende el panel (Inicio y el nivel Organización), crea la organización, ponle tu marca y da de alta a sus usuarios con sus permisos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"}]},{"id":"qvJYfxlYO641NjsTzKdx","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/platform/organizations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las ideas clave de las organizaciones: qué es una organización, las seis secciones de su panel y cómo el cliente final ve tu marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"}]},{"id":"NIK78M1foazlTEzr2ISC","title":"Qué es una Organización","pathname":"/platform/organizations/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Una organización es el espacio de trabajo de un cliente: sus suscripciones, usuarios, contactos, facturación y marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"fUiU0K90HMjGAQ7gB3sm","title":"El Panel de la Organización","pathname":"/platform/organizations/concepts/the-organization-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las seis secciones del panel de una organización y cómo entrar a trabajar en ella.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"4tnMsmT4TK2urqjJfFXv","title":"El Cliente Final y la Marca del Partner","pathname":"/platform/organizations/concepts/end-client-and-brand","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cada organización es un cliente final que ve tu marca, no la de Plenit, en sus dos superficies.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"bm5gfuwASVvOa93WhAFy","title":"How-to","pathname":"/platform/organizations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para trabajar con tus organizaciones de cliente: crearlas, administrarlas, controlar accesos y ponerles tu marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"}]},{"id":"tbd9aB7HQJVEEyORwpVU","title":"Cómo Crear una Organización","pathname":"/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-create-an-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Da de alta una organización de cliente con sus datos, lista para empezar a trabajar con ella.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"WXLJ02lmkbPF7IlDFVSi","title":"Cómo Administrar tus Organizaciones","pathname":"/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-your-organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Edita, entra, bloquea o elimina tus organizaciones, y muévete entre ellas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"zgZXFw0x1FhK1cYB972z","title":"Cómo Personalizar el Portal de Usuario y el Panel de Administración","pathname":"/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-customize-the-user-portal-and-admin-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Aplica tu marca a las dos superficies que ve el cliente final y configura el correo con tu identidad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"Rx6f1rqDvxDwdCEFBO6M","title":"Cómo Gestionar los Contactos de una Organización","pathname":"/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-organization-contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Define quién es el contacto principal, los de operaciones y a qué correos llegan las facturas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"VGJd7GkDhjTVo9VInVMO","title":"Preguntas Frecuente","pathname":"/platform/organizations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Respuestas rápidas a las dudas más habituales sobre tus organizaciones","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"}]},{"id":"f4zVTzm5mj8vaD7R9HK5","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia de las organizaciones: el listado y las seis secciones del panel de una organización, campo a campo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"}]},{"id":"RA3IpHSHtK4FFrWu6BRj","title":"Perfil","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia de los datos y la configuración de una organización, campo a campo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"ytTaFWX46HKYEwSD2Giq","title":"Listado de Organizaciones","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué muestra cada columna del listado y qué hace cada acción del menú.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"SIBtHQPpS0ZPJr901hhG","title":"Suscripciones","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los dos estados del apartado: el catálogo para desplegar y las tarjetas de las suscripciones activas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"GbcWAc5yxw2s6QggpgrI","title":"Usuarios","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El listado, el formulario y la pantalla de permisos de los usuarios de una organización.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"Pc0tkRAIk6ChOPFJbCCB","title":"Contactos","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los tipos de contacto de una organización y qué guarda cada uno.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"mVnzSx9085XxRrLffvnu","title":"Personalización","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los campos de las dos superficies de marca y de la configuración de correo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"ZsjpGPG6V9dLsEDjFXl4","title":"Eventos","pathname":"/platform/organizations/detalles/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El registro de actividad de la organización. Misma estructura que el registro de tu cuenta; se detalla una sola vez.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizaciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"oyh7mqoHGO81j8OvIf73","title":"Facturación","pathname":"/platform/billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Lo que te facturamos a ti, el partner: tu consumo, tus facturas y tus métodos de pago.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"petNDsWLgiG5L0ofKeYM","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/platform/billing/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"En pocos minutos: configura tu método de pago y aprende dónde ves tu consumo y tus facturas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"}]},{"id":"mWz1XGfOAglrHkLSnBSg","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/platform/billing/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las ideas clave de tu facturación: cómo te facturamos a ti como partner, el ciclo y los modos de facturación, y los estados e impagos de una factura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"}]},{"id":"xJuKUQ159IzXRDDp1OKo","title":"Cómo te Facturamos","pathname":"/platform/billing/concepts/how-we-bill-you","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Plenit te factura a ti, el partner, a partir del consumo real de tus suscripciones y servicios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"isd4oQiITk8uislp001Q","title":"Ciclo y Modos de Facturación","pathname":"/platform/billing/concepts/cycle-and-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La facturación es mensual, a partir del consumo del periodo, y se puede agrupar de varias formas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"P9pbtOO8BMfftTE40iuV","title":"Estados e impagos","pathname":"/platform/billing/concepts/statuses-and-unpaid","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué estados puede tener una factura y qué ocurre si una queda sin pagar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"uTqe9WSS55gLtlupCfIv","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/platform/billing/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de tu facturación con Plenit, definidos en una tabla.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Nx8jyBW8X2P5z6iI5hO7","title":"How-to","pathname":"/platform/billing/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para consultar tu consumo, descargar tus facturas y configurar tu método de pago.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"}]},{"id":"suapqRIDH153y4mqDIOh","title":"Cómo Consultar tu Consumo","pathname":"/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-check-your-usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Revisa en Uso lo que consumes en el periodo, con su total, su desglose por servicio y su evolución.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"09KNbXW5qXzJjCokScqP","title":"Cómo Descargar tus Facturas","pathname":"/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-download-your-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Baja una factura suelta o un lote por rango de fechas, en PDF y XML.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"O9itkv5Dx5UDuz0XWmU0","title":"Cómo Añadir o Cambiar tu Método de Pago","pathname":"/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-add-or-change-payment-method","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Configura una tarjeta de crédito o una domiciliación bancaria SEPA, o cambia el método activo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"5vAp8dfr9dh6opTfV6jF","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/platform/billing/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Dudas habituales sobre tu facturación con Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"}]},{"id":"Y4oauCYwWp2WfLTZIL5J","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/platform/billing/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia de las pantallas de facturación: Uso y sus pestañas, la factura y Métodos de Pago.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"}]},{"id":"vMnSwJkf3sr6O4e4akVS","title":"Uso","pathname":"/platform/billing/details/usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La pantalla donde ves tu consumo, tus suscripciones y tus facturas, organizada en tres pestañas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"wguKLcflZ19Hodglps4f","title":"La Factura","pathname":"/platform/billing/details/the-invoice","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué contiene el documento que emitimos y cómo lo descargas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"XPDN31oSiOXoIEeqCk92","title":"Métodos de Pago","pathname":"/platform/billing/details/payment-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Con qué te cobramos: tarjeta de crédito o domiciliación bancaria SEPA, y cómo cambiar el método activo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Facturación"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"afNKdjkPYDHaSojgCEtZ","title":"Seguridad","pathname":"/platform/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"VVovqKNRnGYYEkF6DXYM","title":"Habilitar el 2FA para el Acceso","pathname":"/platform/security/how-to-enable-2fa-for-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Seguridad"}]},{"id":"iJ4PltYisPQdjr9sIkRG","title":"Cómo Recuperar Mi código 2FA","pathname":"/platform/security/how-to-recover-my-2fa-code","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Seguridad"}]},{"id":"KdaTr4o2pvGzaxC8rq3D","title":"Cómo Gestionar las Solicitudes de las Autoridades en Virtud del RGPD","pathname":"/platform/security/how-to-handle-gdpr-authority-requests","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Seguridad"}]},{"id":"bUW2q8tNmcYZHNLnhORa","title":"Notas de la versión","pathname":"/platform/release-notes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Lo que cambia en Plenit: lo que lanzamos, mejoramos, corregimos y retiramos, ordenado por fecha.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"Lf9swvCwsF9E6oaJwbMD","title":"Productos","pathname":"/productos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es"},{"id":"vA1RBnKEcI0w7agnykX1","title":"Servidores","pathname":"/productos/servers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Máquinas virtuales Windows y Linux que despliegas, escalas y gestionas sobre nuestra infraestructura, listas en minutos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"7Z21k5MLlnHiyodN3yxm","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/servers/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"En unos minutos tendrás un servidor funcionando sobre nuestra infraestructura, listo para empezar a trabajar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"of8VEM4otIBU9CUBhPam","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Entiende cómo funciona un servidor de Plenit y decide cómo montarlo para cada cliente","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"hryfZBifPlHmWPmzigFV","title":"¿Qué es un Servidor?","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Una máquina virtual Windows o Linux que despliegas, escalas y gestionas desde el panel, sobre nuestra infraestructura","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"0mfxQFGd3dROwQcUigyQ","title":"Dimensiona tu servidor","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/size-cpu-ram-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Elige CPU, RAM y disco según la carga de tu cliente. Empieza ajustado y escala en caliente cuando crezca","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"GppIqlj9WQAsufTL293p","title":"Imágenes y aplicaciones","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/images-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El punto de partida de tu servidor: el sistema operativo y, si quieres, software ya preparado. Elige una distribución, tu propia imagen, una ISO o el Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"3ym4QFigtBesOnKDMWHQ","title":"Redes del servidor","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo conectas tus servidores entre sí, con la oficina del cliente y con internet. Cuatro tipos de red, según cuánto control necesites","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"KC1RoUqb9Ptf9mvwHAcC","title":"Acceso Remoto","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/remote-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo te conectas a tu servidor para administrarlo: Escritorio Remoto en Windows, SSH en Linux y la consola web del panel, siempre a mano","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"stLVeub4cDVW0qWx03pb","title":"Backup y protección de datos","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las copias de seguridad vienen incluidas en cada servidor. Son tu red de seguridad: si algo sale mal, restauras","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"BU3gKeg51o9g4EfMF30A","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/servers/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos que aparecen en los conceptos de Servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"xqngzjKElsHAhAkrchJr","title":"How-to","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para desplegar, conectar, proteger y operar tus servidores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"EL2QYWuvxEyO1OvhOpWs","title":"Cómo Crear un VPC y asociar un TIER en Plenit","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-vpc-and-associate-a-tier","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"XuukjuTCRMRuBnZCgBA2","title":"Como Redimensionar el Tamaño de un Disco de Plenit","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-resize-a-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"ILUgdc6bcLiprdEYkmKz","title":"Cómo Hacer un Snapshot de un Servidor y Restaurarlo Posteriormente","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-snapshot-and-restore-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"AJxbmRmyJGhwnMHF5gps","title":"Cómo Configurar una Clave SSH en un Servidor Nuevo","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-new-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"EiojIfqyit49eXSKwwRj","title":"Cómo Configurar una Clave SSH en un Servidor Existente","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-existing-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"rETYGvDM9GkTHjWInfFY","title":"Cómo Hacer un Backup de un Servidor","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-back-up-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"nP2HTvOsT5VgZJG6YqjH","title":"Cómo Restaurar un Backup de Disco","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-restore-a-disk-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"PEUo8TgVQd56T5bnQWZD","title":"Cómo Desplegar un Balanceador de Carga","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"vt1ek03lCMMEwBkWBb4E","title":"Cómo Crear un Túnel VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-site-to-site-vpn-tunnel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6AXsTKaJKbgeI0Av12mY","title":"Nuevas Mejoras de Configuración VPN: IKEV2 y Split Tunneling","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/ikev2-and-split-tunneling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"iYfR3smMwXfRHUh7hA3g","title":"Cómo Gestionar los logs de tu VPN y Diagnosticar Incidencias","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/vpn-logs-and-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"fNPNnewZEjSvxPcWsa2m","title":"Cómo Configurar Una Conexión VPN de Acceso Remoto","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-a-remote-access-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"jac5gju2mlxibvwcfZmg","title":"Cómo Configurar WireGuard para varias Conexiones VPN desde una red Privada","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-wireguard-for-multiple-vpn-connections","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"haHWvqAABtask43Toqdv","title":"Cómo Configurar GeoIP para Bloquear o Permitir Países en tus Servidores","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-geoip-to-block-or-allow-countries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"RaODrLai8CwxB7m0BH1C","title":"Cómo Desplegar una Plantilla 3CX en un Servidor de Plenit","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-3cx-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"aVvf25q5hS9FeuopMEcj","title":"Cómo Desplegar un FortiGate VNF en la Nube","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-fortigate-vnf","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"plE4WHVWjFpzGeR9I3HW","title":"Cómo Desplegar una Plantilla de Pandora en un Servidor de Plenit","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-pandora-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"Y10KdorUoFWi8Zar4qgk","title":"Cómo desplegar servidores en múltiples zonas de disponibilidad","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/como-desplegar-servidores-en-multiples-zonas-de-disponibilidad","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"jl3HW7yUSMUthIbZoqH4","title":"Cómo recuperar un servidor en otra zona de disponibilidad desde un backup","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/como-recuperar-un-servidor-en-otra-zona-de-disponibilidad-desde-un-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"JQU6dCoMF2JKOlLvcxgF","title":"Cómo habilitar Alta Disponibilidad (HA) en la red entre dos zonas de disponibilidad","pathname":"/productos/servers/how-to/como-habilitar-alta-disponibilidad-ha-en-la-red-entre-dos-zonas-de-disponibilidad","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"cFiQQcNAnluBUnWibL5E","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/servers/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Servidores: qué son y cómo se facturan, tamaño e imágenes, redes y seguridad, y copias de seguridad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"845twWDOeKYZS3jAVegl","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/servers/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia técnica de Servidores: características, sistemas operativos, redes, backup, regiones, certificaciones y disponibilidad","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"arcLkOe3MzEhvpKdk57t","title":"Características Técnicas","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/technical-specs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las especificaciones de un servidor de Plenit: cómputo, almacenamiento, hardware, virtualización y red física","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"f6X2vRHzHJSpwWrPExUv","title":"Sistemas Operativos y Aplicaciones","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/operating-systems-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El catálogo de sistemas operativos con sus versiones, las aplicaciones preinstalables en Windows y los appliances del Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"xtOvxbhk2yH9ZP5RUy5m","title":"Redes","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La matriz de especificaciones de los cuatro tipos de red, los protocolos de VPN, el firewall, los VNF y el balanceador","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"O3NMazRQRXaK66eDpvJm","title":"Regiones y Zonas de Disponibilidad","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/regions-and-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las regiones, zonas de disponibilidad y centros de datos donde alojas tus servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"nYrpnNTtdXxYVvbzBEw9","title":"Certificaciones y Cumplimiento","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/certifications-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las certificaciones y marcos de cumplimiento de la infraestructura de Plenit y qué acredita cada uno.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"tOwQAro3sGRmnuALuSzt","title":"Disponibilidad del servicio","pathname":"/productos/servers/details/service-availability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El compromiso de disponibilidad de la infraestructura de Plenit sobre la que corren tus servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"c9l1ujxcEfBHBsp8TAGG","title":"Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El escritorio y las aplicaciones de tu cliente en la nube, accesibles desde cualquier lugar y gestionados por ti.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"AHjYmQcLFhJdaMafbmgQ","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"Cn3FwmLBVznKwQcorIDa","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Explicaciones y definiciones de los conceptos clave de Escritorio Remoto","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"hcNCnD3AD0sradrd8z7Z","title":"¿Qué es Escritorio Remoto?","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es un entorno de Escritorio Remoto, cómo encaja en el día a día de tu cliente, qué gestionas tú y qué gestionamos nosotros, y cómo se factura","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"2RsaMcgo7aMqDJLoC51m","title":"Dimensiona tu entorno","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/size-your-environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo se traduce el número de usuarios, la concurrencia y las aplicaciones en los recursos del entorno, y cuándo pasar a multiservidor","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"2myDo9o0QAWwWuqUcc0R","title":"Modos de conexión y permisos","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/connection-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué ve cada usuario, cómo se conecta al entorno (RemoteApp, HTML5 o RDP directo) y qué permisos tiene.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"dCidhUZFhZeEVKP9x1FT","title":"Usuarios y Aplicaciones","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/users-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"A quién das acceso al entorno y qué aplicaciones publicas, y cómo se asocia cada usuario con las aplicaciones que usa","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"g8rV7v4BDidtFzdtn8gK","title":"Acceso al entorno","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/environment-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Por dónde entran tus usuarios, cómo proteges ese acceso con 2FA y VPN, y cómo funciona la impresión","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"VIFK9hZ6IUNGnQ8xqy7x","title":"Backup y Protección de datos","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo se protege el entorno con copias y cómo recuperas los datos ante un fallo o un borrado","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Ig71VhjoY7XP5DKY8RGL","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Escritorio Remoto, agrupados por bloque y explicados en tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"ymMHbUW2dk5rTs2XGjFR","title":"How to","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para montar, dar acceso, publicar aplicaciones y administrar tu entorno de escritorio remoto.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"w95Ia3GD1TwEbfasF5G0","title":"Cómo Acceder a tu Escritorio Remoto (Guía para el Usuario)","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/user-quickstart-guide","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Entra en tu entorno de Escritorio Remoto desde el portal de usuario y empieza a trabajar con tus aplicaciones desde cualquier dispositivo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"2FG6MtjHAwhZ0PuDzClP","title":"Cómo Administrar tu Entorno de Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-administer-your-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Gestiona usuarios, aplicaciones, licencias y acceso desde la suscripción de Escritorio Remoto en el panel.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"fEJ1G4HB5z6ivaJy4Gsu","title":"Conectar Escritorio Remoto a través de RDP/RemoteApp","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-via-rdp-remoteapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Deja configurado en el equipo del usuario un acceso directo al entorno con el Generador RDP/RemoteApp, para entrar sin pasar cada vez por el portal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"5wEhEZFK8sZoS6QAuUKu","title":"Cómo Realizar una Carga Masiva de Usuarios en Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-bulk-upload-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Importa varios usuarios a la vez con un archivo CSV y asígnalos después al entorno con el asistente de gestión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"EmzlCEsUpiqGxsmT6cnj","title":"Cómo Configurar los Puertos de tu Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-configure-remote-desktop-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Publica los puertos que necesiten tus aplicaciones con una regla de entrada de firewall, y reduce la exposición del servicio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"RhahvCXwlzdhgXXT0WHU","title":"Cómo Asociar un Usuario de Escritorio Remoto a un Usuario de Dominio ya Existente","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-associate-an-rd-user-with-a-domain-user","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Vincula un usuario del entorno con un usuario de dominio existente para centralizar su gestión, desde la edición del usuario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"I0BHCiD9k5MiKPdL9ifM","title":"Cómo Desplegar un Balanceador de Carga en Escritorio Remoto Multiserver","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Reparte las conexiones entre varios servidores de un entorno multiserver desplegando el balanceador de carga y vinculando los servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"rdaTFKDrFPCVv0qDHYDG","title":"Cómo Conectarse al Entorno de Escritorio Remoto por VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-to-remote-desktop-via-site-to-site-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Une el servidor de Escritorio Remoto con la red de la oficina del cliente a través de un túnel VPN: añade la tarjeta de red de la VPC y la ruta estática hacia la red remota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"EoR4oFSS4xKkOT8D3ZAs","title":"Cómo Instalar y Publicar una Aplicación en Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-install-and-publish-an-application","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Instala una aplicación en el servidor del entorno, publícala en el panel con sus rutas y asigna acceso a los usuarios que deben usarla.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"jxMYXsnH8rCgrD8COreP","title":"Cómo Desplegar Servidores Adicionales en tu Entorno de Escritorio Remoto (Multiserver)","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-additional-servers-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Aprende a desplegar un servidor adicional en tu entorno de Escritorio Remoto (Multiserver) de Plenit, validar que queda operativo y revisar los siguientes pasos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"4PEdjnf8e2CDOJTxEKNh","title":"Cómo Gestionar las Actualizaciones de Windows Update en Servidores de Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-windows-updates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Revisa, instala y programa las actualizaciones de Windows de tus servidores de Escritorio Remoto desde la sección Updates, sin entrar al servidor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"EP2QRkNqE8wM8EIMNXBf","title":"Cómo Gestionar tus Impresoras con el Entorno de Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-local-printers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Revisa, instala y programa las actualizaciones de Windows de tus servidores de Escritorio Remoto desde la sección Updates, sin entrar al servidor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"ATLVwagxkIysV9qj8VMQ","title":"Diferentes Modalidades de Impresión en Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/printing-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué modalidad de impresión (Universal Printer, TS Print, mapeo, impresoras locales) encaja con cada modo de conexión al entorno.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"xD0LRcPrLE5jHezxYXP7","title":"Cómo Configurar 2FA a los Usuarios de Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/como-configurar-2fa-a-los-usuarios-de-escritorio-remoto","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Activa el doble factor de autenticación para un usuario desde el panel y guíale en el registro de su app autenticadora para que acceda con un código temporal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"cGAKd8vQwVlsA7PDPaeU","title":"Personalizacion","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"jU2Vk7qwBjTj9WsiEi99","title":"Cómo Personalizar el Acceso Directo a Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-shortcut","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Configura los argumentos del Explorador de Windows para que tus usuarios abran directamente la unidad de almacenamiento que elijas, sin navegar a mano.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Personalizacion"}]},{"id":"LSa4ktVnz5SoRcZjmhk0","title":"Cómo Personalizar el Avatar en Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-avatar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cambia el avatar de toda la organización o de un usuario concreto, durante el despliegue, desde la suscripción o desde el propio launchpad del usuario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Personalizacion"}]},{"id":"autOdRB9QekzwhYCHlU1","title":"Cómo Crear plantillas en un servidor para reutilizarlas en Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-create-reusable-server-templates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Convierte un servidor ya configurado en una plantilla y reutilízala en futuros despliegues de Escritorio Remoto para automatizar la configuración.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Personalizacion"}]},{"id":"1PErIVJmYvsIw9Sjpddz","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"AODZ9gDWwu8UubNm9j3K","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Información detallada de Escritorio Remoto","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"}]},{"id":"R0OMN67G2uGXLPhLDA50","title":"Entorno","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Escritorio Remoto, agrupados por bloque y explicados en tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"tfHfuImL1QHbOLaV46Fd","title":"Modos de Conexión","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/connection-modes-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Modos, vías de conexión, dispositivos compatibles y permisos, en tablas de consulta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"GwH95VDfMjO1uVJ8Ongu","title":"Impresión","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Modalidades de impresión del entorno y su compatibilidad según la vía de conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"B7yIjVKAkddRhqv4bEm1","title":"Backup","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Modalidades de copia, programación, retención y restauración del entorno","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"pdbGcHymgJERxZKoptT8","title":"Licencias y Facturación","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/licensing-and-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"53F5BPpmw0oBbJckIh0j","title":"Redes y Acceso","pathname":"/productos/remote-desktop/details/redes-y-acceso","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"VPN de acceso remoto y site-to-site, puertos, 2FA y el porqué técnico de cada opción de acceso.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Escritorio Remoto"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"aqZZOkJz3AMgalVjVyjP","title":"Migraciones","pathname":"/productos/migrations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Sube, convierte y despliega en Plenit las máquinas y entornos de tus clientes con un asistente guiado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"7nAUCfabPX6NMRIyCumh","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/migrations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es Migraciones, cómo es el asistente de 3 pasos, qué formatos y modos de transferencia admite y cómo se cierran los ajustes finales.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"}]},{"id":"dYFE2dtaZJQJ465yZ3sn","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Entiende las migraciones de Plenit: qué son, qué decidir en cada paso y cómo es el proceso completo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"}]},{"id":"EacAvZYRlPrvExUUAuOL","title":"Qué son las Migraciones","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/what-they-are","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué significa migrar en Plenit, qué puedes trasladar y qué revisar antes de empezar para evitar bloqueos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"obrQUqLxnyM9ztTVso0O","title":"Origen físico o virtual","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/source","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué significa migrar desde un origen físico o virtual y cómo elegir el tipo correcto en el asistente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"sei8YHVqnKWXHgs8gf6A","title":"Formatos de disco","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las dos vías de formato (Agente Acronis y VHD – Conversión de discos) y qué formatos admite cada una.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"exxtu4qFqeilHxcZYvb6","title":"Modos de transferencia","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo llega el disco a Plenit: SFTP, descarga por URL, subida web o Agente Acronis, y cuándo conviene cada uno.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"eVzmdPgqQxeHg8Ft58iL","title":"El Proceso","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/the-process","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las etapas de una migración: del asistente de 3 pasos a la transferencia, conversión, despliegue, ajustes y validación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"n2GyWoXNOhjd4tg3is6C","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/migrations/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos que aparecen a lo largo de las guías de migración, explicados en una tabla.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"nwyr05NIyMjTZd819vgq","title":"How-to","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para migrar a la nube según el origen: on-premise, otro hipervisor u otra nube.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"}]},{"id":"j6NHdIqxTPGPBGweVlUe","title":"Cómo Migrar Servidores GNU/Linux desde On-premise a Cloud","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-gnulinux-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"VSeGOfE7ikTdMBwyhix2","title":"Cómo Migrar Servidores Windows On-premise a Plenit vía Acronis","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-de-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"SfxLKA5ynnzeMNsPVc11","title":"Cómo Migrar un FortiGate desde On-premise a Cloud","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-fortigate-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"Y6NzD6sqzRjgt4Q7eWUr","title":"Cómo Migrar un Servidor desde Hyper-V a Plenit","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-hyper-v-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"VJ8dBaXFJh3z3ykJeUS4","title":"Cómo Migrar un Servidor desde VMWare a Plenit","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-vmware-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"qrKI1dgPhNUMinVN9eWZ","title":"Cómo Migrar una Máquina Virtual de Microsoft Azure a Plenit","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-una-maquina-virtual-de-microsoft-azure-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"I4sERs4B8oboCKd5Mi5D","title":"Cómo Solicitar una Migración Asistida","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-solicitar-ayuda-para-migrar-un-servidor-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"hXYGgpxdVOS76megLpQI","title":"Cómo Migrar Servidores Windows On-premise a Plenit","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-on-premise-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"tLOjMfBHnfIeKDQCXiaj","title":"Cómo Migrar un Servidor GNU/Linux desde AWS a Plenit","pathname":"/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-gnulinux-desde-aws-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"aJFW2jqmMNFLddoOV4py","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/migrations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Migraciones: qué se puede migrar, formatos y transferencia, el proceso, y asistencia y costes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"}]},{"id":"FbtNZmUE4Jq1d2ET9HAc","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Información detallada de Migraciones: qué incluye, los costes, los formatos y la transferencia, los requisitos y estados, y la asistencia y limitaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"}]},{"id":"sT98WrrKbnZnkqa80FdQ","title":"Qué incluye","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details/what-it-includes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué puedes migrar hoy, desde qué orígenes y con qué cobertura por área.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"kcqZSGwYw1ZW1wIVj09c","title":"Costes","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details/costs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las tres capas de coste: asistencia, infraestructura de destino y casos excepcionales.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"STCG6yXb2mc8mncim00K","title":"Formatos y transferencia","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details/formats-and-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los formatos de disco admitidos y los modos de transferencia, como referencia rápida.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"r3JAunGEO2GAiPSPjxdM","title":"Requisitos y estados","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details/requirements-and-statuses","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los prerrequisitos que conviene validar antes de lanzar una migración y las fases por las que pasa el proceso.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"k2bDeRXRlAfXFXS2WvBs","title":"Asistencia y limitaciones","pathname":"/productos/migrations/details/assistance-and-limitations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La solicitud de asistencia, las limitaciones actuales y las mejoras en desarrollo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Migraciones"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"yDLBcI6eNICqSlj1z6ML","title":"Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La capa de continuidad que replica los entornos críticos de tus clientes y los deja listos para activarse.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"rhIA6Cw0icN4EgTV9gDP","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea tu primer plan de Disaster Recovery paso a paso","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"BsbkjCbF7ZYsQwu1IpG1","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Explicaciones y definiciones de los conceptos clave de Disaster Recovery: qué es, la réplica, el failover y failback, y los simulacros.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"JA0S8g7y7ITRZnSSzMDE","title":"¿Qué es Disaster Recovery?","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Una réplica completa de tu suscripción de Servidores o Escritorio Remoto en otra zona, lista para activar si el entorno principal cae","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"6kr5lWSN54PvpCJDTq4x","title":"La réplica","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/the-replica","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué mantiene la réplica, cada cuánto se actualiza, cuántos puntos conservas y qué puedes dejar fuera","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"9Ky8vsHVwYDZW505qNEp","title":"Failover y failback","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/failover-and-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo pasas los servicios al Recovery site cuando hace falta y cómo vuelves al entorno original sin perder lo trabajado","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"UkD5BUy2184n5Lz1uzPM","title":"Simulacros","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/drills","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo pruebas el plan de recuperación sin afectar a producción y qué evidencia te deja.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"6Yjzy2ePnZKncSiwbg7y","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Disaster Recovery, agrupados por bloque y explicados en tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"bUSFcNHGkOaFKIyU1f7q","title":"How to","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para configurar, probar y operar tu plan de recuperación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"WV3MJr5OCLJczdz9du0g","title":"Cómo Ejecutar un Failover en Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Activa el sitio de respaldo cuando el principal cae: ejecuta el failover, elige el punto de restauración y pasa la operación al Recovery site.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"2kjkSPuubN8wTl1a1Uvr","title":"Cómo Configurar la Frecuencia y el Número de Copias de la Réplica en Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-configure-replica-frequency-and-copies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Ajusta la política de replicación de tu suscripción de Disaster Recovery: cada cuánto se replica, cuántos puntos de restauración guardas y el tipo de conmutación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"GYiQEWi0cJyLgCd5tORU","title":"Cómo Hacer Failback de un Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-perform-a-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Devuelve la operación a la suscripción original tras un failover y elige el tipo de failback que encaja con tu escenario: conservar cambios, volver rápido o reconfigurar la réplica.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"ViVfKjmRYtiaVlDqz8Ow","title":"Cómo Realizar un Simulacro (Drill) de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-drill","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Valida que tu proceso de recuperación funciona lanzando un drill, sin activar un desastre real ni interrumpir producción","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"loXQl8YVYZFBlpUeH7t8","title":"Cómo Borrar una Suscripción de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-delete-a-disaster-recovery-subscription","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"limina una suscripción de Disaster Recovery en orden: detén la réplica, borra el plan y confirma el borrado del servicio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"WnsFv250oiggLxKiXAUV","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Disaster Recovery: qué es y cómo se diferencia del backup, la réplica, failover y failback, y simulacros.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"SvkEcdYyYg9R7SNES5Fu","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Información detallada de Disaster Recovery: el plan, los parámetros de replicación, qué se replica y los requisitos y límites.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"p0oXDxWUW2ZL27F0Z682","title":"Planes y Bloques","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/servicios-cloud-disaster-recovery-el-plan","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"YvsBQIkKXKoCNgAa9YLZ","title":"Parámetros de replicación","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/replication-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Frecuencia, hora de inicio, puntos de restauración y modo de conmutación que defines en un plan.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"cgAy3mdYiHJgpFIK0ISh","title":"Qué se replica","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/what-gets-replicated","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los elementos del entorno que Disaster Recovery replica y qué puedes dejar fuera del plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"wWtYTsl369BqbQXmoLkO","title":"Requisitos y límites","pathname":"/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/requirements-and-limits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Condiciones del origen, compatibilidad y limitaciones a tener en cuenta antes de activar un plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"HnEQaYEHe6lQWscu2nhn","title":"Almacenamiento de Archivos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El servidor de ficheros de la empresa en la nube, con permisos por usuario, backups incluidos y datos en Europa.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"qqoAWiiLw8pjXZ6r8WQ2","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Da de alta el servicio, fija la cuota y asocia a los usuarios, en tres pasos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"}]},{"id":"RyiHqApTMMkKVyUbtp4r","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Explicaciones y definiciones de los conceptos clave de Almacenamiento de Archivos: qué es, la estructura, los permisos, el acceso y la cuota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"}]},{"id":"XxGkPQ6qAdpsoZm3UBhj","title":"¿Qué es Almacenamiento de Archivos?","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El servidor de ficheros de la empresa en la nube: carpetas, permisos y acceso desde cualquier lugar, con backups incluidos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"KZSfgwchujE3pk2AHBCV","title":"Estructura de carpetas","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/folder-structure","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo organizas las carpetas de la compañía de forma centralizada y por qué es la base de los permisos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"ifnJckpMvu46y3jAfSiE","title":"Usuarios, grupos y permisos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/users-groups-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo das acceso por usuario y grupo, y cómo los permisos granulares con herencia mantienen la información controlada","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Lq4GuoDtCns3KI08sp3u","title":"Acceso y uso compartido","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/access-and-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las vías para llegar a los archivos (web, unidad en local y Escritorio Remoto) y cómo compartir con terceros de forma segura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"mH5NVQdljIWU62IamOhl","title":"Cuota y backups","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/quota-and-backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Dos cosas que en el almacenamiento de consumo suelen ser un problema, aquí vienen resueltas: el control del espacio y la protección de los datos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"anRIMqtZEH2k2rIpMC2w","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Almacenamiento de Archivos, agrupados por tema y explicados en tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Oo1TxASJEFzGdV3DLdvi","title":"How-to","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para montar, dar acceso y administrar tu almacenamiento de archivos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"}]},{"id":"ujASwghrSDm3qJ2wqv7R","title":"Cómo Acceder a SMB desde sistemas GNU/Linux","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-access-smb-from-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Conecta tu Almacenamiento de Archivos desde un sistema GNU/Linux con los datos SMB del usuario, montando el recurso desde la terminal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"i1RhY9GVMvuTJZ9FENfS","title":"Cómo Establecer Permisos en tu Entorno de Almacenamiento de Archivos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-set-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Configura permisos sobre carpetas para que cada usuario o grupo acceda solo al contenido que le corresponde.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"Jqoglho8HgjmgxCzR07E","title":"Cómo Integrar Almacenamiento de Archivos en tu Escritorio Remoto","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-file-storage-with-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descubre la forma de integrar el servicio de Almacenamiento de Archivos al entorno de Escritorio Remoto de cualquier usuario en 2 pasos","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"Wk7oAL84FEVAjYakjlbp","title":"Como Estructurar tus Carpetas en Windows","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-structure-folders-in-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descubre cómo una empresa puede establecer una estructura de carpetas básica en su entorno de Almacenamiento de Archivos en pocos pasos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"OxBdQD1155CoGTBG0otm","title":"Cómo Mapear una Unidad de Red con net use en Windows","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-map-a-drive-with-net-use","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descubre como crear una unidad mapeada mediante “net use” dentro de un servidor Windows para poder conectar contra el Almacenamiento de Archivos dentro de Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"sAeyflc9KCdbBawEYEru","title":"Cómo Gestionar Grupos de Usuarios en Almacenamiento de Archivos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-manage-user-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Aprende cómo establecer grupos de usuarios en el entorno de Almacenamiento de Archivos de Plenit en dos pasos: crear grupo y asociar usuarios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"sVdLCqRhRmwlP6eDbarO","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Almacenamiento de Archivos: qué es, estructura y permisos, acceso y compartición, y cuota y marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"}]},{"id":"lig3qmsLitFWH3AWKGJ9","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Información detallada de Almacenamiento de Archivos: la suscripción y la cuota, los permisos, el acceso, la compartición, la personalización y los backups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"}]},{"id":"EsJvteqeYltdqgFE6WS6","title":"Suscripción y cuota","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/subscription-and-quota","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La suscripción del servicio, los rangos de cuota hasta 10 TB, los avisos de consumo y las notificaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"wniq1HxL5QCV39YG8HqL","title":"Permisos","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Niveles de permiso, herencia y espacios personales y compartidos, como referencia rápida.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"hoL8SsIb5L3tbRv6PKgW","title":"Acceso","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Acceso web, integración como unidad en local por SMB en Windows y Linux, y comandos de referencia.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"k8hTjb7iehMpjRURHzLs","title":"Compartición externa","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/external-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Enlaces para compartir archivos y carpetas con terceros, con contraseña y fecha de caducidad","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"PUZ31jHnVR3lZ8sX0aAb","title":"Personalización","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Marca blanca del servicio: dominio, logo, colores, favicon y certificado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"IkadNPgOslIq6YrnlvOx","title":"Backups","pathname":"/productos/file-storage/details/backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La política de retención de las copias incluidas y cómo se restaura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Archivos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"T90QsjqS8N5FQjYn9wQL","title":"Almacenamiento de Objetos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Repositorio de alta capacidad compatible con S3 para copias de seguridad, datos de aplicaciones y grandes volúmenes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"}]},{"id":"DjvOTBiYSk22wwPoo0Os","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea el repositorio con su cuota y asígnale un usuario propietario, en dos pasos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"TWjrUml4RLweXhVIAV2F","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Explicaciones y definiciones de los conceptos clave de Almacenamiento de Objetos: qué es, buckets y objetos, el acceso S3 y la resiliencia y seguridad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"0tQzkY8IDCN97W2pbykg","title":"¿Qué es Almacenamiento de Objetos?","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Almacenamiento compatible con S3 para grandes volúmenes de datos: backup, archivo, datos de aplicaciones y logs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"YmCLFq5z20he00RwpL6A","title":"Buckets y objetos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts/buckets-and-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo se organiza el repositorio, qué es un objeto, y cómo el versionado y la inmutabilidad protegen tus datos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"lCSwTIzsZiJs4wJcueJk","title":"Acceso S3: usuarios y credenciales","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts/s3-access-users-and-credentials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"ZPaCFcjHFg9SRxw0FQ41","title":"Resiliencia y seguridad","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts/resilience-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La triple réplica, la copia en otra ubicación, el cifrado y el cumplimiento que protegen tus datos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"ejp7MCeXWv7c9fD97y8t","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Almacenamiento de Objetos, agrupados por tema y explicados en tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"N59s0rtGvdrR0IV3p6lH","title":"How-to","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Guías paso a paso para conectar clientes S3, proteger tu NAS y gestionar copias.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"cMLLVUrGtSxrKojLUKvM","title":"Cómo Configurar una Copia de Seguridad de Forma Manual de tu QNAP a Almacenamiento de Objetos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-configure-a-manual-qnap-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descubre como configurar una copia de seguridad de tu QNAP a un Almacenamiento de Objetos de Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"WsVQ0bv8bxnLJIDIWKgR","title":"Cómo Recuperar de un Backup de Almacenamiento de Objetos a QNAP","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-restore-an-object-storage-backup-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"jKjSv5ejbuhRvRGc8oUR","title":"Como Hacer un Backup de QNAP al Almacenamiento de Objetos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-back-up-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Este tutorial se ha realizado utilizando una QNAP TS-x73A, por lo que es posible, que si usas un modelo diferente existan pequeñas variaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"JREpJJhdomilosteXobE","title":"Cómo Integrar el Almacenamiento de Objetos Con un Cliente S3","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-with-an-s3-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Revisa cómo integrar Almacenamiento de Objetos de Jotelulu con un cliente S3 en dos pasos","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"fye7eWc6r49NZ2phP3X3","title":"Cómo Mapear de un Almacenamiento de Objetos a QNAP","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-map-object-storage-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descubre cómo mapear Almacenamiento de Objetos de Plenit a QNAP para realizar una copia local de tus datos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"BAW2Tw7QNnYfSn8c4zwA","title":"Cómo Hacer una Copia Sincronizada de una vía de QNAP al Almacenamiento de Objetos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-sync-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Sigue leyendo y descubre Cómo hacer una copia sincronizada de una vía de QNAP al Almacenamiento de Objetos de Plenit.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"LvvelVSYzYSMiaBmV0vd","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Almacenamiento de Objetos: qué es, buckets y objetos, acceso S3 y clientes, y protección del dato.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"JYOJyXu9atzXhbSAsuvN","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Información detallada de Almacenamiento de Objetos: cuota y regiones, el panel, usuarios y permisos, credenciales S3, clientes compatibles, versionado y cifrado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"XAb9M6GtGHC5q6vz58kV","title":"Cuota y Regiones","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/quota-and-regions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La cuota es el espacio que reservas en el repositorio, y la región es dónde se aloja. Ambas las defines al dar de alta el servicio y condicionan capacidad y ubicación del dato.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"PtmwxrkSNSRk82eI3KoS","title":"El Repositorio en el Panel","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/in-the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El resumen de consumo y el navegador de objetos para operar sin cliente S3.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"Mj51i0IpCxeinKinkcg9","title":"Usuarios y Permisos","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/users-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Cómo gestionas los usuarios S3 del repositorio y los permisos sobre los objetos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"nqOc2PwQBLi0VJ7BSE1d","title":"Credenciales y acceso S3","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/credentials-and-s3-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los datos de conexión, dónde obtienes las claves y los comandos con AWS CLI, s3cmd y rclone.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"Jhj6Xzv5qjafXKkQoBap","title":"Clientes compatibles","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/compatible-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El software de backup, los NAS y los clientes S3 que conectan con el repositorio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"NQUFXQiYEeyEdPVREt3b","title":"Versionado e inmutabilidad","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/versioning-and-immutability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"El versionado, la inmutabilidad y el borrado automático, como referencia.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"6LeNghONEiIYSabC2jqN","title":"Resiliencia, cifrado y cumplimiento","pathname":"/productos/object-storage/details/encryption-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La triple réplica, el cifrado y las certificaciones del servicio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Productos"},{"label":"Almacenamiento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"XukkMxFPyVrQOZi3c3t1","title":"Go-To-Market","pathname":"/go-to-market","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Tu operación comercial en Plenit en un vistazo: presupuestos, facturación de clientes, tarifas y la personalización de tus recursos."},{"id":"AAasbosZyyLEwsBPgxIm","title":"Inicio Rápido","pathname":"/go-to-market/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Pon en marcha tu operativa comercial en Go to Market: crea una tarifa con tus márgenes y genera tu primer presupuesto para un cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"6YCOqs5wFM9AVx8lCtSw","title":"Conceptos","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las ideas clave de tu operación comercial: qué son los presupuestos, la facturación de clientes, las tarifas y la personalización de recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"YElc2aeVLcbxQMQNepJE","title":"Qué es Go to Market","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Go to Market es tu zona comercial en Plenit: define precios, prepara presupuestos, revisa lo que facturas a tus clientes y usa materiales listos para vender.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"aZmtO3kX6LtsAtuoTZfq","title":"Tarifas","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/rate-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Entiende cómo funcionan las tarifas en Plenit: la diferencia entre tu coste y el precio al cliente, los tres niveles de margen y la tarifa recomendada.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"yBLlezHRrf28dZA0yWCP","title":"Presupuestos","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es un presupuesto en Plenit: cómo recoge servicios dimensionados, muestra tu coste y el precio al cliente, sus estados y los documentos que genera.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"otoGIFts49HAlLVuLQai","title":"Facturación de clientes","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/customer-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es la facturación de clientes en Plenit: la vista de consulta de los albaranes derivados del consumo de tus clientes, con su detalle y descarga.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"x1CD3JrruL0Mb6dZ6PIK","title":"Documentación","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/documentation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Qué es el centro de Documentación de Plenit: el repositorio de materiales comerciales, contratos y plantillas, muchos personalizables con tu marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"SZIIPkFXHk8bwjrIfn5u","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/go-to-market/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los términos de Go to Market, explicados en una tabla.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceptos"}]},{"id":"Eac4ySMzA24T2NSHiobw","title":"How-to","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Las guías paso a paso de tu operación comercial: crea presupuestos, factura a tus clientes, define tarifas y personaliza tus recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"JHTXXtUNvMPfU3VmSbEp","title":"Cómo Crear una Tarifa","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-a-rate-card","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Fija tus márgenes (general, por servicio o por artículo) y tu periodo de facturación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"2faMOVL1LtB98JPMPQba","title":"Cómo Generar un Presupuesto","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-quote","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea la oferta con el asistente y ajusta el margen en la pantalla de revisión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"o1gc8ekVjDBl4QwfR2Ia","title":"Cómo Gestionar tus Presupuestos","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-manage-your-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Edita, descarga, previsualiza, clona o actualiza la tarifa de un presupuesto.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"7tiJxSBu0a6NEXRdQfZL","title":"Cómo Facturar a tus Clientes","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-bill-your-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Consulta los albaranes del consumo de tus clientes y descárgalos en PDF o CSV.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"p6qBCqLqci2KNk6EO91x","title":"Cómo Generar un Contrato","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-contract","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea un contrato de prestación de servicios personalizado con tus datos y los de tu cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"XMctx0HWn3atkr1sFILj","title":"Cómo crear una campaña de email marketing con Mailchimp","pathname":"/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-an-email-campaign-with-mailchimp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Descarga una plantilla de newsletter con tu marca y lánzala a tus clientes con Mailchimp.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"0KqwHS9iIGL3uZds7dqZ","title":"Preguntas Frecuentes","pathname":"/go-to-market/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre Go to Market: el modelo de precios, las tarifas, los presupuestos, la facturación de clientes y la documentación comercial.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"DWRmhBUwo6SjGLdGsjy0","title":"Detalles","pathname":"/go-to-market/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"La referencia de tu operación comercial: los campos, los estados y las opciones de presupuestos, facturación de clientes, tarifas y recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"cab9yNFF820GnPJogTFH","title":"Parámetros de las Tarifas","pathname":"/go-to-market/details/rate-card-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Referencia de los campos de una tarifa en Plenit: cabecera, niveles de margen y columnas de cada línea de servicio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"rBs79me3f86YsfcWRLUc","title":"Detalle de la Facturación","pathname":"/go-to-market/details/billing-detail","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Referencia de la facturación de clientes en Plenit: columnas del listado de albaranes, contenido del albarán y opciones de descarga.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"CrZFkyqJspk1yBXQzBCB","title":"Campos de los Presupuestos","pathname":"/go-to-market/details/quote-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"lrf4YqlFP6SFiCVGNzHz","title":"Catálogo de Documentación","pathname":"/go-to-market/details/documentation-catalog","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Referencia del centro de Documentación de Plenit: categorías disponibles, tipos de material y comportamiento de cada tarjeta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalles"}]},{"id":"l8ALo0CeKEsYifK9QMzs","title":"Soporte","pathname":"/support","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Toda la ayuda en un sitio: abre tickets, sigue tus casos y contacta con nuestro equipo desde el panel o desde WhatsApp."},{"id":"itZNEe4PPkqXSwmHjhtN","title":"Contacto","pathname":"/support/contact","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Los canales para contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y cómo elegir cada uno.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"}]},{"id":"DYmBV92Cg8m3uv9vja37","title":"Tickets","pathname":"/support/tickets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Crea, sigue y cierra tus incidencias y solicitudes desde el panel, sin depender del correo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"}]},{"id":"RwJZbQ3B51jUbfE9tAIy","title":"WhatsApp","pathname":"/support/whatsapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"Autoriza los números de tu equipo para crear y seguir tickets desde WhatsApp con Partner Success.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"}]},{"id":"L21YkRi6kXPPTuFvltUK","title":"Tutoriales","pathname":"/support/tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"}]},{"id":"1vfGgvno9BBjEzXe7CBS","title":"Linux","pathname":"/support/tutorials/linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"}]},{"id":"79gnITPeTm1nHQquwBoh","title":"Cómo montar un Docker en Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-docker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"wDVd2lyCLmxfW7MRFw5n","title":"Cómo montar un entorno de Kubernetes en Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-kubernetes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"IPy6La4QyIP6xAjsGMCD","title":"Cómo saber si tu servidor es BIOS o UEFI en GNU/Linux - Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-check-bios-or-uefi-on-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"gEasujJA2ZTCqCThTgmO","title":"Windows","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"}]},{"id":"chmqjcf2KxdqARvj29P7","title":"Cómo actualizar Windows Server 2008 a Windows Server 2019","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/como-actualizar-windows-server-2008-a-windows-server-2019","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"J8Yy1sNNpmX0nkBFedkI","title":"Cómo acceder a SMB desde sistemas Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-access-smb-from-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"e4HLSCODBBTHjEWZ8KGr","title":"Cómo configurar Bitlocker en tu cliente Windows","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-configure-bitlocker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"KiGr6bRO05ctxYabrKn9","title":"Cómo convertir discos UEFI a BIOS en tu servidor Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-convert-uefi-disks-to-bios","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"2YgIr3Z1jZwwWBpmch0u","title":"Cómo desplegar un disco distribuido (Spanned Volume) en Windows Server 2022","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-create-a-spanned-volume-windows-server-2022","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"STIMSL2aSwcph4nDU4YJ","title":"Cómo hacer copias de seguridad de las GPO","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-back-up-gpos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"uf5DNZ7wpHOvR7iHrXaz","title":"Cómo instalar Sage 50 en un servidor Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-install-sage-50","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"1CJ3qLsAHMnSMllaHxxN","title":"Cómo recuperar la contraseña de Administrador en Windows","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-recover-the-administrator-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"QGUdRyb4ENyR0N1gWB5e","title":"Configuración básica de TSprint","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/tsprint-basic-configuration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"V0zDUg2FBjdWBwUN8s7R","title":"Cómo instalar y configurar un servidor FTP en Windows mediante PowerShell","pathname":"/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-set-up-an-ftp-server-with-powershell","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_huIir","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Soporte"},{"label":"Tutoriales"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"5b5f45f0a89627484ad701aa0907cf34cf8fb0bc","title":"Bien démarrer","pathname":"/fr","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour Déployer, automatiser et faire évoluer avec la plateforme. Guides produit, référence API et référence technique."},{"id":"710ba2cffd7a952e5f7f8c5fa1856096a98ee4ec","title":"Plateforme","pathname":"/fr/platform","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"L’essentiel de votre activité dans Plenit en un coup d’œil : votre Compte, les Organisations de vos clients et votre Facturation."},{"id":"0e1918610cb8c0c62e6a043b514571db3c1827d7","title":"Comptes","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Votre identité personnelle dans Plenit : un Utilisateur, plusieurs Organisations et votre vue globale de tout ce qui vous appartient.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"}]},{"id":"523289d0b54e39bacd2837e5be29204e1626ebff","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez les trois niveaux du tableau de bord, complétez votre profil et sécurisez votre Compte.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"}]},{"id":"5b9b347beff40626e6c46623bfc397894fdb048b","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les idées clés de votre Compte : ce qu’est votre Compte par rapport à une Organisation, votre profil, comment le tableau de bord s’organise et comment vos ressources sont séparées de celles de vos clients.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"}]},{"id":"828a2b96ca5c92d14bac6918238c057685ff79f6","title":"Mon profil","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts/my-profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La face personnelle de votre Compte : vos données, votre sécurité, vos Organisations et votre activité, en quatre onglets.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1e02471cb86b1ff783fcebb03eab451bfe3d0116","title":"Compte et Organisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts/account-and-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce qu’est votre Compte, ce qu’est une Organisation et pourquoi un même Utilisateur appartient à plusieurs d’entre elles avec un rôle différent dans chacune.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9ef730a9ad24cdd28be4e1cf95f66bafb9eaf3be","title":"Comment s’organise le tableau de bord","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts/the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les trois niveaux du menu et la différence entre votre vue globale et celle d’une seule Organisation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"24b8fba4f61c13f56206e6a32354ec3abb867f66","title":"Vos ressources et celles de vos clients","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts/resources-and-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Pourquoi plusieurs écrans d’Accueil séparent ce qui concerne votre Organisation de ce qui concerne vos clients en deux onglets.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"ce7b78ec62b4ca9e294510e7225528ef67883ac9","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes qui apparaissent le plus dans la documentation de Compte, avec une définition brève.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"be2d516891e53be895b81f1d79ba09f336832829","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour les tâches de votre Compte : votre profil, votre sécurité, votre équipe et votre activité.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"}]},{"id":"93d744a0946d7f4067d92103a60cc58b04dca46d","title":"Comment créer des Utilisateurs","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-add-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ajoutez des Utilisateurs à votre Organisation, un par un ou en masse, avec leurs données, leur Mot de passe et leur sécurité.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"1bc468c1f9ed11187d4e7bdcc7ea42f017144bab","title":"Comment gérer vos Utilisateurs","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modifiez vos Utilisateurs, activez-les ou désactivez-les et choisissez Supprimer depuis Accueil > Utilisateurs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"4ddb931208cd6168b2dabd96dfce0e61435160f2","title":"Comment attribuer des Autorisations à un Utilisateur","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-assign-user-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Contrôlez à quoi chaque Utilisateur peut accéder : au tableau de bord, aux sections de l’Organisation et aux abonnements.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"fe17ce751eec231510e149ecb2c712a851484e9c","title":"Comment créer et gérer vos abonnements","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Créez, modifiez, mettez à jour et choisissez Supprimer les abonnements depuis Accueil > Abonnements.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"7599a92e74bd399159e184627a8435366817819d","title":"Comment consulter et exporter vos Événements","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-view-and-export-events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Consultez le registre des Événements de votre Compte, restreignez-le avec des filtres et exportez-le quand vous en avez besoin.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"92b29514d3dd96f1198c1839e234b829421618b7","title":"Comment configurer vos e-mails de sécurité","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-configure-security-emails","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ajoutez des adresses e-mail de secours pour récupérer l’accès à votre Compte et recevoir des alertes de sécurité.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"0eb43982be2b1752fafbc79f39444a47cbf59f04","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Réponses rapides aux questions les plus courantes sur votre Compte","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"}]},{"id":"7ade10cd390a21d934d69785bfdc032d425440f3","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence de consultation de Compte : champs, colonnes et états. Sous-sections : champs-profil · sécurité · Événements · listes","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"}]},{"id":"8ef485e01b61d1b211d4091a3085c6efe2c78508","title":"Champs de Mon profil","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/details/profile-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Référence des champs de l’onglet Profil : ce qu’est chacun et s’il est modifiable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"ddd4436611132d6335557d1cd864b00633a3ee54","title":"Sécurité","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/details/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Référence des trois sections de Sécurité : changer le Mot de passe, e-mails de sécurité et Supprimer l’Utilisateur.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"9f0646bcd43eb9e65af52c8a6f11291a8d8e8a31","title":"Événements","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/details/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les colonnes du registre des Événements dans ses deux vues et les états de session.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"1a654f6716d3caacf4a50b2aab9024780002ef34","title":"Colonnes des listes","pathname":"/fr/platform/accounts/details/lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Affiche chaque colonne dans les listes d’Organisations, d’abonnements et d’Utilisateurs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Comptes"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"499836267044f462bad6875aaae6664184571fb4","title":"Organisations","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Créez, configurez et administrez les Organisations auxquelles vous fournissez un service, passez de l’une à l’autre et travaillez avec le tableau de bord de chacune.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"}]},{"id":"348c80be46c807732ec1f6262eda0e88b1811ede","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"De zéro à opérationnel : comprenez le tableau de bord (Accueil et le niveau Organisation), créez l’Organisation, apposez votre Marque et créez ses Utilisateurs avec leurs Autorisations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"}]},{"id":"72c5d648e91a0f1c8b8c18ee825a0f94fdba0b0d","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les idées clés des organisations : ce qu’est une Organisation, les six sections de son tableau de bord et comment le Client final voit votre Marque.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"}]},{"id":"19dd8432a0d3cb5839fce50050e3736b0ca538aa","title":"Qu’est-ce qu’une Organisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Une Organisation est l’espace de travail d’un Client : ses abonnements, utilisateurs, Contacts, Facturation et Marque.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"f9f76cc2a8ca07cd2fd96ae0bcd8185cbc6561ce","title":"Le tableau de bord de l’Organisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/concepts/the-organization-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les six sections du tableau de bord d’une Organisation et comment y commencer à travailler.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"fdde9453a0a4bbad7cea78b20ca3741f79d47e2a","title":"Le Client final et la Marque du Partenaire","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/concepts/end-client-and-brand","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Chaque Organisation est un Client final qui voit votre Marque, pas celle de Plenit, sur ses deux surfaces.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d9ff4a3941cad7966682f4dea2edfae752daf473","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour travailler avec vos Organisations de Client : les créer, les administrer, contrôler les accès et y apposer votre Marque.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"}]},{"id":"86020809ca053584e0172776e94b1c14aa185d41","title":"Comment créer une Organisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-create-an-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Créez une Organisation de Client avec ses données, prête à commencer à travailler avec elle.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f6d92bd3afc49c2ba8595da7309851d7aa592200","title":"Comment gérer vos organisations","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-your-organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modifie, accède, bloque ou supprime tes organisations, et passe de l'une à l'autre.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"4af251d895d80b16e496898f1229e3ab4d6c1d5f","title":"Comment personnaliser le Portail utilisateur et le Panneau d'administration","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-customize-the-user-portal-and-admin-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Applique ta marque aux deux surfaces que voit le Client final et configure l'e-mail avec ton identité.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"6e14e3a7b97d46ac9bdeab4e1913907f44a8ab4d","title":"Comment gérer les Contacts d'une Organisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-organization-contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Définis qui est le Contact principal, ceux des opérations et à quelles adresses e-mail parviennent les factures.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"77065db3cf3d7c569b97b71fa1286bdbcf868f09","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Réponses rapides aux questions les plus fréquentes sur vos organisations","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"}]},{"id":"f7ec765660023d19448f8270064e195518a3d64c","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence des organisations : la liste et les six sections du panneau d'une Organisation, champ par champ.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"}]},{"id":"ccf92fcc84d5d53e739d69606a8c7d5e2c2116ef","title":"Profil","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence des données et de la configuration d'une Organisation, champ par champ.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"285a72323a97e8ac0ccbdddc52f10292be37a63e","title":"Liste des organisations","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que montre chaque colonne de la liste et ce que fait chaque action du menu.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"054cee52165fee5b6bceca3db1de0267d2c1b9be","title":"Abonnements","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les deux états de la section : le catalogue à Déployer et les cartes des abonnements actifs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"f941f26dc2efd6b23ad209333c54fec8c8e6f878","title":"Utilisateurs","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La liste, le formulaire et l'Écran des Autorisations des utilisateurs d'une Organisation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"238bbe2e0d7d1c59ef34fa5b28df536ba4693a2b","title":"Contacts","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les types de contact d'une organisation et ce que conserve chacun.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"de443f93fc9a127424f4240b7f70cb839d37670b","title":"Personnalisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les champs des deux surfaces de Marque et de la configuration de courrier.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"98648fa91c5ed2b1b52075df393055c6714f6c76","title":"Événements","pathname":"/fr/platform/organizations/detalles/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le journal d'activité de l'Organisation. Même structure que le journal de votre Compte ; il est détaillé une seule fois.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Organisations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"55fb219ba0ecd38f7d66de12d250f10f5dfa2e28","title":"Facturation","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que nous vous facturons, à vous, le Partenaire : votre Consommation, vos Factures et vos méthodes de paiement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"}]},{"id":"53ff8dd1d9532c144929d3c8c28eb74865a6f40d","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"En quelques minutes : configurez votre méthode de paiement et apprenez où vous voyez votre Consommation et vos Factures.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"}]},{"id":"8d4a1a389c7ee0ccdf0b8916c7c26bc4bf7e94c2","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les idées clés de votre Facturation : comment nous vous facturons, à vous, en tant que Partenaire, le cycle et les modes de Facturation, ainsi que les états et les impayés d'une Facture.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"}]},{"id":"dc4d62962369c22a2ee0a3cf6419077d5a1deb9c","title":"Comment nous vous facturons","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/concepts/how-we-bill-you","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Plenit vous facture, à vous, le Partenaire, à partir de la Consommation réelle de vos abonnements et services.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c44de0e8860b2bf65a17787be1ece2bdf6b05a87","title":"Cycle et modes de Facturation","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/concepts/cycle-and-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La Facturation est mensuelle, à partir de la Consommation de la période, et peut être regroupée de plusieurs façons.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"44a1f3deb8b89d985ebd3909b5c24d937d8ff1cc","title":"États et impayés","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/concepts/statuses-and-unpaid","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Quels états une Facture peut avoir et ce qui se passe si l'une reste impayée.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"2d7625318946c76025260feb9d37988ac438dfcb","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de votre Facturation avec Plenit, définis dans un tableau.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"ce05966049f52bbc8daf68a0756263bb11693cff","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour consulter votre Consommation, télécharger vos factures et configurer votre moyen de paiement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"}]},{"id":"5b08ae8dd2e6f7b3340b784775e7d994444ffd4f","title":"Comment consulter votre Consommation","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-check-your-usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Consultez dans l’Utilisation ce que vous consommez sur la période, avec son total, son détail par service et son évolution.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"66cc6df704397f304046d16a92c09236e2956164","title":"Comment télécharger vos factures","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-download-your-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Téléchargez une facture unique ou un lot par intervalle de dates, en PDF et XML.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"23141f58f89f305d9875acc690a25b4e35425133","title":"Comment ajouter ou changer votre moyen de paiement","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-add-or-change-payment-method","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Configurez une carte de crédit ou un prélèvement SEPA, ou changez le moyen actif.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"00a4e8fe6a908c9fbff9560193cea177fa0e06e7","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Questions fréquentes sur votre facturation avec Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"}]},{"id":"336a1070ce76b60f3d23b28e50ab7f19f28dbb8c","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence des écrans de facturation : Utilisation et ses onglets, la Facture et les Méthodes de Paiement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"}]},{"id":"21439eb34f98e5cc41e3aefe486bbe665b6065c0","title":"Utilisation","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/details/usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"L’écran où vous voyez votre consommation, vos abonnements et vos factures, organisé en trois onglets.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"9317d8d76a7736b7d6f58d354894b02d18b04300","title":"La Facture","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/details/the-invoice","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que contient le document que nous émettons et comment le télécharger.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"cf82c433f26029cb66451e7ea6d54a86b8f48624","title":"Méthodes de Paiement","pathname":"/fr/platform/billing/details/payment-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que nous vous facturons : carte de crédit ou prélèvement bancaire SEPA, et comment changer le moyen actif.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Facturation"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"941fa70f5bd090f49e141b70e0f960e2e13a7677","title":"Sécurité","pathname":"/fr/platform/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"}]},{"id":"3d682a77673f44a4eff70d5cb60d808aeb31fa07","title":"Activer le 2FA pour l’Accès","pathname":"/fr/platform/security/how-to-enable-2fa-for-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Sécurité"}]},{"id":"a9d2c1b29ef0d89192a1b81ade5900385ce75b5b","title":"Comment récupérer mon code 2FA","pathname":"/fr/platform/security/how-to-recover-my-2fa-code","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Sécurité"}]},{"id":"bf83ff8d8e6990de7a84ff07219c91c92ca8c219","title":"Comment gérer les demandes des autorités en vertu du RGPD","pathname":"/fr/platform/security/how-to-handle-gdpr-authority-requests","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"},{"label":"Sécurité"}]},{"id":"5f9ef9b6a73d3e4640a82c6f5de34e0b108b3af6","title":"Notes de version","pathname":"/fr/platform/release-notes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce qui change chez Plenit : ce que nous lançons, améliorons, corrigeons et retirons, classé par date.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plateforme"}]},{"id":"462d8eadd90f423e10d7b990bcfe02bbac201a2b","title":"Produits","pathname":"/fr/productos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr"},{"id":"e77e2b8cbe0416ff7c82bb8d56167a6cf88eac36","title":"Serveurs","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Des machines virtuelles Windows et Linux que vous déployez, faites évoluer et gérez sur notre infrastructure, prêtes en quelques minutes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"710458094c1949350e639de70f74e01f53053236","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"En quelques minutes, vous aurez un serveur en fonctionnement sur notre infrastructure, prêt à commencer à travailler.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"}]},{"id":"bb3ac188ca327cdc4f12627080c1064a192f3a35","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comprenez comment fonctionne un serveur Plenit et décidez comment le monter pour chaque client","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"}]},{"id":"681611614d0f8bf9da2c1b79e029ead11056703c","title":"Qu’est-ce qu’un serveur ?","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Une machine virtuelle Windows ou Linux que vous déployez, faites évoluer et gérez depuis le panneau, sur notre infrastructure","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9ff1df86514214f67c5c5630a380ef2e911325b2","title":"Dimensionnez votre serveur","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/size-cpu-ram-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Choisissez le CPU, la RAM et le Disque selon la charge de votre client. Commencez ajusté et faites évoluer à chaud lorsqu’il grandit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"649f03ecf79b4669885018fe8e24b023bb90d38b","title":"Images et applications","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/images-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le point de départ de votre serveur : le Système d'exploitation et, si vous le souhaitez, un logiciel déjà préparé. Choisissez une distribution, votre propre image, une ISO ou le Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c02fbfcd8a9f668971212e6a08e8e459c2deb764","title":"Réseaux du serveur","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment vous connectez vos serveurs entre eux, au bureau du client et à Internet. Quatre types de réseau, selon le niveau de contrôle dont vous avez besoin","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"522df01309bf2e14f2cbbfeab3c1c2ecd5c8fc42","title":"Accès à distance","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/remote-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment vous vous connectez à votre serveur pour l’administrer : Remote Desktop sous Windows, SSH sous Linux et la console web du panneau, toujours à portée de main","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"f95e60bb96167c5bbdfc9e330036d9e1a1952bd7","title":"Sauvegarde et protection des données","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les copies de sauvegarde sont incluses dans chaque serveur. Elles sont votre filet de sécurité : si quelque chose tourne mal, vous restaurez","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"fb1cd3b067340b5c72fac930c382702615c8b5b4","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes qui apparaissent dans les concepts de Serveurs","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"96e9a54b7be5a4e73feac7b1ff2f3bb10c0e2e0c","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides étape par étape pour déployer, connecter, protéger et exploiter vos serveurs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"}]},{"id":"b6d30d42aafb055e8b19b2ea7e2b05599e39a8c0","title":"Comment créer un VPC et associer un TIER dans Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-vpc-and-associate-a-tier","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"2867d081f6c5799c9d6a69916e29c8757e36ad5a","title":"Comment redimensionner la taille d’un Disque de Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-resize-a-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f37447ab07a0d6a7b724c44fa3c68b6220b78984","title":"Comment faire un snapshot d’un serveur et le restaurer ensuite","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-snapshot-and-restore-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"66385ccf8194b096b03af478a6f7eff96d3a608f","title":"Comment configurer une clé SSH sur un nouveau serveur","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-new-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"b69999d26d6d753b89f449ab9b182bae9bfbe3d5","title":"Comment configurer une clé SSH sur un serveur existant","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-existing-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"2c43c193b6c1974835837ce9276a56d167de8de6","title":"Comment faire une Sauvegarde d’un serveur","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-back-up-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"3bb8d72ed0eb3c96eb39b1dcb417e07bc63219f6","title":"Comment restaurer une Sauvegarde de Disque","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-restore-a-disk-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"d9abd88c858a19fc097c0236ee79dc6976ffa6b4","title":"Comment Déployer un Répartiteur de charge","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f6451351206a8c48f7a7b26498c7ab34b54491a5","title":"Comment créer un tunnel VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-site-to-site-vpn-tunnel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"b0986d6bfb110670ff4889fdcdbbbd44b92ae8b4","title":"Nouvelles améliorations de configuration VPN : IKEV2 et Split Tunneling","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/ikev2-and-split-tunneling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"e832df782a24fd0a86a85b0e7e9a848b52cbc443","title":"Comment gérer les logs de votre VPN et diagnostiquer les incidents","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/vpn-logs-and-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"a46c05a5a957cc0df147fd50a6ca918a85c758ba","title":"Comment configurer une connexion VPN d’accès à distance","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-a-remote-access-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"fe7a5623cb3699856b1d386b682a2f023bce9c1f","title":"Comment configurer WireGuard pour plusieurs connexions VPN depuis un Réseau privé","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-wireguard-for-multiple-vpn-connections","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"83c5ddf3302746a9dc9ccf89acb916adb244d0f9","title":"Comment configurer GeoIP pour Bloquer ou autoriser des pays sur vos Serveurs","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-geoip-to-block-or-allow-countries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"5c9533e286f5bd1881825a2c574122cf58dc8ecf","title":"Comment Déployer un modèle 3CX sur un serveur Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-3cx-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"71dfb36fa962dddc81173db19dedbc725aa2a0d6","title":"Comment Déployer un FortiGate VNF dans le Cloud","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-fortigate-vnf","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"34dad9d9595bf7eaecc60a04da04008875a90e5f","title":"Comment Déployer un modèle Pandora sur un serveur Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-pandora-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"ca19631061899b47349b7b0754d3b68cbfa01fb4","title":"Comment déployer des serveurs dans plusieurs zones de disponibilité","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/comment-deployer-des-serveurs-dans-plusieurs-zones-de-disponibilite","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"d1f2829d0fde2a2dc7527b6ba1c734da97d0570e","title":"Comment récupérer un serveur dans une autre zone de disponibilité à partir d'une sauvegarde","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/comment-recuperer-un-serveur-dans-une-autre-zone-de-disponibilite-a-partir-dune-sauvegarde","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"2bdadba689e9b298b3a89a8de88257743998c1f7","title":"Comment activer la Haute disponibilité (HA) sur le réseau entre deux zones de disponibilité","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/how-to/comment-activer-la-haute-disponibilite-ha-sur-le-reseau-entre-deux-zones-de-disponibilite","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"04b58cfbaae071994776d694551e467dfa4fb3be","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Questions fréquentes sur les Serveurs : ce que c’est et comment ils sont facturés, taille et images, réseaux et sécurité, et copies de sauvegarde.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"}]},{"id":"1f5bce190b3c723729a414619d9815f4f60ec077","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence technique des Serveurs : caractéristiques, systèmes d'exploitation, réseaux, Sauvegarde, régions, certifications et disponibilité","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"}]},{"id":"b1f3b9be062eeb2c9729774832758035065011a0","title":"Caractéristiques techniques","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/technical-specs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les spécifications d’un serveur Plenit : calcul, stockage, matériel, virtualisation et Réseau physique","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"59f60971105575dcf4a0bd905f90b4b60325ea08","title":"Systèmes d’exploitation et applications","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/operating-systems-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le catalogue des systèmes d’exploitation avec leurs versions, les applications préinstallables sur Windows et les appliances du Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"fbeb3a74fb38448045e8699047d66118d9c52520","title":"Réseaux","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La matrice de spécifications des quatre types de Réseau, des protocoles VPN, du Pare-feu, des VNF et du répartiteur","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"85846c6334cf12e1c0c83e5a9549496b022bc599","title":"Régions et zones de disponibilité","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/regions-and-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les régions, zones de disponibilité et centres de données où tu héberges tes Serveurs","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"1ad3876ad068b7423b82149aeeb0f26ead182a4c","title":"Certifications et conformité","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/certifications-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les certifications et cadres de conformité de l’infrastructure Plenit et ce que chacun atteste.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"565439e4e9157b9cbf6d80cb94063fb71ec4c156","title":"Disponibilité du service","pathname":"/fr/productos/servers/details/service-availability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"L’engagement de disponibilité de l’infrastructure Plenit sur laquelle tournent tes Serveurs","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Serveurs"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"29f309618b16841253eb5f30f76386a61a04ffdd","title":"Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le bureau et les applications de ton Client dans le Cloud, accessibles depuis n’importe où et gérés par toi.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"f3f4989cd939fdd81d85622d67489ecd02c42b52","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"fe69ed3a356868e3156b13ea2bd7692989382912","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Explications et définitions des concepts clés de Remote Desktop","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"cb328a93da314bfa1228c7bf35834e809d6f712c","title":"Qu’est-ce que Remote Desktop ?","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce qu’est un environnement de Remote Desktop, comment il s’intègre au quotidien de ton Client, ce que tu gères et ce que nous gérons, et comment il est facturé","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"ddead97faf578db8715583efcc8d82975825f19b","title":"Dimensionne ton environnement","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/size-your-environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment le nombre d’Utilisateurs, la concurrence et les applications se traduisent en ressources de l’environnement, et quand passer au multiserveur","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"94b116ddb12b04b1b77d78a708dd3d29cdf1172c","title":"Modes de connexion et Autorisations","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/connection-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que voit chaque Utilisateur, comment il se connecte à l’environnement (RemoteApp, HTML5 ou RDP direct) et quelles Autorisations il a.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"a71eb71b1bbb336517cf4e663098d01577d1f4d4","title":"Utilisateurs et Applications","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/users-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"À qui tu donnes accès à l’environnement et quelles applications tu publies, et comment chaque Utilisateur est associé aux applications qu’il utilise","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"dbff3dc80c489d30e285b788869e581b1f4e2056","title":"Accès à l’environnement","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/environment-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Par où entrent tes Utilisateurs, comment tu protèges cet accès avec 2FA et VPN, et comment fonctionne l’impression","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c26c60e2a22a5c55d3491a4ce4ae9a88afe74706","title":"Sauvegarde et Protection des données","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment l’environnement est protégé avec des copies de Sauvegarde et comment tu récupères les données en cas de panne ou de suppression","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"fdda9f476b3caac22836f9e5c99d2bc4c5c778c6","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de Remote Desktop, regroupés par bloc et expliqués dans des tableaux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9ef8ce87205955eedc3935a7ebb34e87709a8703","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour monter, donner l’accès, publier des applications et administrer ton environnement de Remote Desktop.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"0ea12685647480a0e7a7e6c43987822ff153c831","title":"Comment accéder à ton Remote Desktop (guide pour l’Utilisateur)","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/user-quickstart-guide","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Accède à ton environnement de Remote Desktop depuis le Portail utilisateur et commence à travailler avec tes applications depuis n’importe quel appareil.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"08d7827af52c6b7dd444e4243f60044db7b499a8","title":"Comment administrer ton environnement de Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-administer-your-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Gère les Utilisateurs, les applications, les licences et l’accès depuis l’Abonnement de Remote Desktop dans le panneau.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"bfe8034cc1d6b13e4956cc4850dd02cac757214e","title":"Connecter Remote Desktop via RDP/RemoteApp","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-via-rdp-remoteapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Configure sur l’équipement de l’Utilisateur un raccourci vers l’environnement avec le générateur RDP/RemoteApp, pour entrer sans passer à chaque fois par le Portail utilisateur.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"617dcee2c5a310474d63864c8906180f93dacf63","title":"Comment réaliser une importation massive d’Utilisateurs dans Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-bulk-upload-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Importe plusieurs Utilisateurs à la fois avec un Fichier CSV et attribue-les ensuite à l’environnement avec l’assistant de gestion.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"25739401788090b05aec446b44e2f67e2142827a","title":"Comment configurer les ports de ton Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-configure-remote-desktop-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Publie les ports dont ont besoin tes applications avec une règle entrante de Pare-feu, et réduis l’exposition du service.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"2d6395009ea97322cc195955f4e792bea2f5cff2","title":"Comment associer un Utilisateur de Remote Desktop à un Utilisateur de domaine déjà existant","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-associate-an-rd-user-with-a-domain-user","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Lie un Utilisateur de l’environnement à un Utilisateur de domaine existant pour centraliser sa gestion, depuis la modification de l’Utilisateur.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"ff6576df72558c20c272bc719a49fff8a5632fea","title":"Comment Déployer un Répartiteur de charge dans Remote Desktop multiserveur","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Répartis les connexions entre plusieurs Serveurs d’un environnement multiserveur en déployant le Répartiteur de charge et en reliant les Serveurs","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"407a193894c46f8a7f6010ff67672759e4f96e72","title":"Comment se connecter à l’environnement Remote Desktop via VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-to-remote-desktop-via-site-to-site-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Relie le serveur de Remote Desktop au Réseau du bureau du Client via un tunnel VPN : ajoute la carte réseau de la VPC et la route statique vers le Réseau distant.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"9c08211bfcd3b86f2ccc2c820e271ff0fb3360a2","title":"Comment installer et publier une application dans Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-install-and-publish-an-application","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Installe une application sur le serveur de l’environnement, publie-la dans le panneau avec ses chemins et attribue l’accès aux Utilisateurs qui doivent l’utiliser.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"7230cde2841fd594a3b593f014d41c044704b025","title":"Comment Déployer des Serveurs supplémentaires dans ton environnement de Remote Desktop (multiserveur)","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-additional-servers-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Apprenez à déployer un serveur supplémentaire dans votre environnement de Remote Desktop (Multiserver) de Plenit, à valider qu’il est opérationnel et à passer en revue les étapes suivantes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"da391e102bf6dac4edfa348f595cf993790c774f","title":"Comment gérer les mises à jour de Windows Update sur les serveurs de Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-windows-updates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Passez en revue, installez et planifiez les mises à jour Windows de vos serveurs de Remote Desktop depuis la section Updates, sans vous connecter au serveur.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"175d758cdb9cd15dbaf87e559ef6485524994720","title":"Comment gérer vos imprimantes dans l’environnement de Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-local-printers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Passez en revue, installez et planifiez les mises à jour Windows de vos serveurs de Remote Desktop depuis la section Updates, sans vous connecter au serveur.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"725f5eb70e00671983edd9bd3c1f35bf5214716f","title":"Différents modes d’impression dans Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/printing-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Quel mode d’impression (Universal Printer, TS Print, mappage, imprimantes locales) correspond à chaque mode de connexion à l’environnement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"17662ced7bdf2acb959311328b70232be77421c1","title":"Comment configurer l’authentification à deux facteurs pour les utilisateurs de Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/como-configurar-2fa-a-los-usuarios-de-escritorio-remoto","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Active l’authentification à deux facteurs pour un utilisateur depuis le tableau de bord et guide-le dans l’enregistrement de son application d’authentification afin qu’il accède avec un code temporaire.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"014381240b383ebaf33b61aa20406e1e624fc17d","title":"Personnalisation","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"f68adb2fd5511afb56b228c43ed3a85f3a398b60","title":"Comment personnaliser le raccourci vers Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-shortcut","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Configure les arguments de l’Explorateur Windows afin que tes utilisateurs ouvrent directement le lecteur de stockage de ton choix, sans naviguer manuellement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Personnalisation"}]},{"id":"564be1b93b8ea25b5ec9683b7637ade06edde0e6","title":"Comment personnaliser l’avatar dans Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-avatar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Change l’avatar de toute l’Organisation ou d’un utilisateur précis, pendant le déploiement, depuis l’Abonnement ou depuis le launchpad de l’utilisateur lui-même.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Personnalisation"}]},{"id":"8a6bbeb2d27ec17d0235ad57fa7c04028cc5a777","title":"Comment créer des modèles dans un serveur pour les réutiliser dans Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-create-reusable-server-templates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Transforme un serveur déjà configuré en modèle et réutilise-le dans de futurs déploiements de Remote Desktop pour automatiser la configuration.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Personnalisation"}]},{"id":"b407fa88b815f7db3a6224a1912cc15682bab6e1","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"669b2c8cc5f94e88ccfecb06e4441a3c367bb8f3","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Informations détaillées sur Remote Desktop","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"eba214fd467ec10c4990e5698df16d753604504b","title":"Environnement","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de Remote Desktop, regroupés par bloc et expliqués dans des tableaux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"b5631e2a91eea89b7e083734259b718adbc4862e","title":"Modes de connexion","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/connection-modes-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modes, voies de connexion, appareils compatibles et autorisations, dans des tableaux de consultation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"720fc434bb28eedbee98a7a4ae2a2568e64c7444","title":"Impression","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modes d’impression de l’environnement et leur compatibilité selon la voie de connexion.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"a724124cf8b27d5782ded5d08a2ad2e83e133e71","title":"Sauvegarde","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modes de sauvegarde, planification, rétention et restauration de l’environnement","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"c504f2713df65f3c99371f0565dfaade53186540","title":"Licences et Facturation","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/licensing-and-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"d474d9bab4c9bbac4fa9c67a71a38e0bebd62aa1","title":"Réseaux et accès","pathname":"/fr/productos/remote-desktop/details/redes-y-acceso","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"VPN d’accès à distance et site-to-site, ports, authentification à deux facteurs et la raison technique de chaque option d’accès.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"b18c6e2afb8f9a8af0a15ced3756c29d1a29b019","title":"Migrations","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Téléversez, convertissez et déployez dans Plenit les machines et environnements de vos clients avec un assistant guidé.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"43fc486dfece0aa496077fea9face1ee4228f21c","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que sont les Migrations, à quoi ressemble l’assistant en 3 étapes, quels formats et modes de transfert il accepte et comment se terminent les derniers réglages.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"4d2ae1b3827d19892c0be1e24e9b56a5abbe9d1c","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comprenez les migrations de Plenit : ce qu’elles sont, ce qu’il faut décider à chaque étape et à quoi ressemble l’ensemble du processus.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"e82d54e5b3a4ef85fea186f79693183aa9106a23","title":"Ce que sont les Migrations","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/what-they-are","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que signifie migrer dans Plenit, ce que vous pouvez transférer et ce qu’il faut vérifier avant de commencer pour éviter les blocages.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"8fd38ee49e821c87b16a9b7bcaa3381c064dcde3","title":"Origine physique ou virtuelle","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/source","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que signifie migrer depuis une origine physique ou virtuelle et comment choisir le bon type dans l’assistant.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"745e0213c32b063d46557a959ec7b41b98b2bcb0","title":"Formats de disque","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les deux voies de format (Agent Acronis et VHD – conversion de disques) et les formats pris en charge par chacune.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"ed935844688c5f8667cba0d6907623c307b431e6","title":"Modes de transfert","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment le disque arrive chez Plenit : SFTP, téléchargement par URL, envoi web ou Agent Acronis, et quand chacun est pertinent.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"69a39fdd234349f741a4812a9a52d3c52afcb01c","title":"Le processus","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/the-process","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les étapes d’une migration : de l’assistant en 3 étapes au transfert, à la conversion, au déploiement, aux réglages et à la validation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"cf02545e29cb70ffac810875b8453f427c8727db","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes qui apparaissent tout au long des guides de migration, expliqués dans un tableau.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"412ff6f067445389aaa73a870cdc5e8cd76146c5","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour migrer vers le cloud selon l’origine : on-premise, un autre hyperviseur ou un autre cloud.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"00c90f263fed582a6505e4c4f85a4faf63f5ce14","title":"Comment migrer des serveurs GNU/Linux de on-premise vers le cloud","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-gnulinux-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"49922494e85c251f74b9625bd44258ebd1276575","title":"Comment migrer des serveurs Windows on-premise vers Plenit via Acronis","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-de-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f538eb141f151a753286784ed846f2a1c43265bb","title":"Comment migrer un FortiGate de on-premise vers le cloud","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-fortigate-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"5b9181f03ff5b5343db27b3e896e56c59e687879","title":"Comment migrer un serveur de Hyper-V vers Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-hyper-v-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"ab02070c4e65f408795f3b20e30c351b0bc25fd3","title":"Comment migrer un serveur de VMWare vers Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-vmware-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"6f3c7397650967096cbb48b27cd6f2bc759dbef8","title":"Comment migrer une machine virtuelle de Microsoft Azure vers Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-una-maquina-virtual-de-microsoft-azure-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"1afe8b0abbbdf5966d2f163437bb5ae52aebcaca","title":"Comment demander une migration assistée","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-solicitar-ayuda-para-migrar-un-servidor-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"aa07d1edabce881340e35a594ddbed4fc30d6b7a","title":"Comment migrer des serveurs Windows on-premise vers Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-on-premise-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"e5c47ff8f115a079a15ad310b74b61e794bd8cf1","title":"Comment migrer un serveur GNU/Linux depuis AWS vers Plenit","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-gnulinux-desde-aws-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"332cd94d0714c87bf4a2124bb8da6181923a1a77","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Foire aux questions sur les Migrations : ce qui peut être migré, les formats et le transfert, le processus, ainsi que l’assistance et les coûts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"8613c66ec6cbd6b3b8507085eb31fad46a505458","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Informations détaillées sur les Migrations : ce qu’elles comprennent, les coûts, les formats et le transfert, les exigences et les états, ainsi que l’assistance et les limites.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"73f414f9099e3d130be4712ba72fb60a424b2295","title":"Ce que cela comprend","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details/what-it-includes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que vous pouvez migrer aujourd’hui, depuis quelles origines et avec quelle couverture par zone.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"551e46c4b18767a0ef1d9053b5acb305555b61ba","title":"Coûts","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details/costs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les trois niveaux de coût : assistance, infrastructure de destination et cas exceptionnels.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"aabe19898f415e0b78992228d8bed29d594dbb79","title":"Formats et transfert","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details/formats-and-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les formats de disque pris en charge et les modes de transfert, comme référence rapide.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"0c9ad30086f9578cfb29385ad7367346ab1e615f","title":"Exigences et états","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details/requirements-and-statuses","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les prérequis qu’il vaut mieux valider avant de lancer une migration et les phases par lesquelles passe le processus.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"ef81a1f857f526ae69a7a69e097137cccae2267c","title":"Assistance et limites","pathname":"/fr/productos/migrations/details/assistance-and-limitations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La demande d’assistance, les limites actuelles et les améliorations en cours de développement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"b19fd92f487a4a50c2e1a5eb09829cc92349867c","title":"Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La couche de continuité qui réplique les environnements critiques de vos clients et les rend prêts à être activés.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"39f8582da848c29d839ed22db1a4f2250dae8d86","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Créez votre premier plan de Disaster Recovery étape par étape","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"2206f2f239569fa8ef20ce63669a9d30606368af","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Explications et définitions des concepts clés de Disaster Recovery : ce que c’est, la réplique, le failover et le failback, et les exercices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"c5417b4026f5acf7942e81bbed4efdc489d12cd9","title":"Qu’est-ce que Disaster Recovery ?","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Une réplique complète de votre Abonnement de Serveurs ou de Remote Desktop dans une autre zone, prête à être activée si l’environnement principal tombe","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"fd9bba8ad4e9474b8f292363c3f7b0aeed08d758","title":"La Réplique","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/the-replica","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce que la réplique conserve, à quelle fréquence elle est mise à jour, combien de points de restauration vous gardez et ce que vous pouvez exclure","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"45606bcb96981cfd62bd8cc6515a50e0088feb20","title":"Failover et failback","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/failover-and-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment transférer les services vers le site de récupération quand c’est nécessaire et comment revenir à l’environnement d’origine sans perdre le travail effectué","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d41301d80af4a64ba39ce281f30629c01af96c61","title":"Exercices","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/drills","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment tester votre plan de récupération sans affecter la production et quelle preuve cela laisse.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"da8751195397958ef8f2056086cd7f3c32b69e9b","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de Disaster Recovery, regroupés par bloc et expliqués dans des tableaux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"b897423a74f7034e7fe22e0a96c33b4d1526274d","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour configurer, tester et exploiter votre plan de récupération.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"090265cf07cc748737abd988f3673a276e7ed649","title":"Comment exécuter un failover dans Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Active le site de secours lorsque le principal tombe : exécute le failover, choisit le point de restauration et transfère l’exploitation au site de récupération.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"1362b7f18f6b9195c0a556c562c019aa5fdefa0c","title":"Comment configurer la fréquence et le nombre de copies de la réplique dans Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-configure-replica-frequency-and-copies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ajuste la politique de réplication de votre Abonnement de Disaster Recovery : à quelle fréquence la réplication s’effectue, combien de points de restauration vous conservez et le type de bascule.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"63afbf5fdf04a7e4243170e9e5d67ebe2c21c80b","title":"Comment effectuer un failback d’un Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-perform-a-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Renvoyez l’exploitation vers l’Abonnement d’origine après un failover et choisissez le type de failback qui correspond à votre scénario : conserver les changements, revenir rapidement ou reconfigurer la réplique.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"20ec3b5c14627677e93124b44ca107ec08efd7c7","title":"Comment réaliser un exercice (Drill) de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-drill","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Validez que votre processus de récupération fonctionne en lançant un drill, sans déclencher une vraie catastrophe ni interrompre la production","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"8da67c3428b9799d0c32ad123523598f3bdee642","title":"Comment supprimer un Abonnement de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-delete-a-disaster-recovery-subscription","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Supprime un Abonnement de Disaster Recovery dans l’ordre : arrête la réplique, supprime le plan et confirme la suppression du service.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"80bd17770073c5aa4ccc5dc7f3b2c1198f42b38e","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Foire aux questions sur Disaster Recovery : ce que c’est et en quoi il se distingue de la sauvegarde, de la réplique, du failover et du failback, ainsi que des exercices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"ff05cabd45d140e64fc6e3a58a98f3bfc5d1d233","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Informations détaillées sur Disaster Recovery : le plan, les paramètres de réplication, ce qui est répliqué ainsi que les exigences et les limites.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"21aee3708d638ac19c1dabc60cc90e537ada3486","title":"Plans et blocs","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/servicios-cloud-disaster-recovery-el-plan","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"36cc5d7f60768f1549907eef8596d83771ca5143","title":"Paramètres de réplication","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/replication-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Fréquence, heure de début, points de restauration et mode de bascule que vous définissez dans un plan.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"297d27212132cb845ac2a06d63b8833e2266859f","title":"Ce qui est répliqué","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/what-gets-replicated","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les éléments de l’environnement que Disaster Recovery réplique et ce que vous pouvez exclure du plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"f3927c374984fcc20849f3d7c10217d282c0c2cb","title":"Exigences et limites","pathname":"/fr/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/requirements-and-limits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Conditions de l’origine, compatibilité et limites à prendre en compte avant d’activer un plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"48182004fdd82083dcb5cd98382089752746c5b1","title":"Stockage en ligne","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le serveur de fichiers de l’entreprise dans le cloud, avec des autorisations par utilisateur, des sauvegardes incluses et des données en Europe.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"b46e413e808c1d8e7777a506be60d3eb6726c8a4","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Activez le service, définissez le quota et associez les utilisateurs, en trois étapes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"}]},{"id":"cbf4bb7a1be084a4e02b71699ecea2a8a0d876b9","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Explications et définitions des concepts clés de Stockage en ligne : ce que c’est, la structure, les autorisations, l’accès et le quota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"}]},{"id":"4f429727cc672971651d7cbdf166be10d360a450","title":"Qu’est-ce que le Stockage en ligne ?","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le serveur de fichiers de l’entreprise dans le Cloud : dossiers, autorisations et accès depuis n’importe où, avec des sauvegardes incluses.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"7d98f10357dc0c035b77903a96de11f792355eec","title":"Structure des dossiers","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/folder-structure","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment organiser de manière centralisée les dossiers de l’entreprise et pourquoi c’est la base des autorisations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"bea08dd8ff842df885d994b5d79efb0d8c4e554f","title":"Utilisateurs, groupes et autorisations","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/users-groups-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment vous donnez l’accès par Utilisateur et par groupe, et comment les Autorisations granulaires avec héritage gardent les informations sous contrôle","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"57c512ee6ba0855c5289daf70d5433dcaf530d8a","title":"Accès et utilisation partagée","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/access-and-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les moyens d’accéder aux fichiers (web, lecteur local et Remote Desktop) et comment les partager en toute sécurité avec des tiers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6d105a353bf417013b69d7501cec08dcdfb9ea48","title":"Quota et sauvegardes","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/quota-and-backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Deux choses qui, dans le stockage de Consommation, posent souvent problème sont ici résolues : le contrôle de l’espace et la protection des données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"52a90dda82722907ec5e8e65bd7ee9f37b24f67f","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de Stockage en ligne, regroupés par thème et expliqués dans des tableaux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"279fb2607d8f8d6753b221062ba44e8b41fa19e3","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour configurer, donner l’accès et administrer votre Stockage en ligne.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"}]},{"id":"7acea150fef33d917beff3d634cd8d293aa25b48","title":"Comment accéder à SMB depuis des systèmes GNU/Linux","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-access-smb-from-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Connectez votre Stockage en ligne depuis un système GNU/Linux avec les données SMB de l’Utilisateur, en montant la ressource depuis le terminal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"cb62f588441aa825ffb915d787818678b5315774","title":"Comment établir des Autorisations dans votre environnement de Stockage en ligne","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-set-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Configurez les autorisations sur les dossiers afin que chaque utilisateur ou groupe n’accède qu’au contenu qui lui correspond.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"e696b0b694fe32168b70e221c7d129162039eeb1","title":"Comment intégrer le Stockage en ligne dans votre Remote Desktop","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-file-storage-with-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment intégrer le service de Stockage en ligne à l’environnement de Remote Desktop de n’importe quel Utilisateur en 2 étapes","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"4a4e0c2950cfdada722e40395cb6f84f8bdf4971","title":"Comment structurer vos dossiers dans Windows","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-structure-folders-in-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment une entreprise peut établir une Structure des dossiers de base dans son environnement de Stockage en ligne en quelques étapes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"9df966b27682fe6f6128009d307e5c7da573e92d","title":"Comment mapper un lecteur réseau avec net use dans Windows","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-map-a-drive-with-net-use","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment créer une unité mappée au moyen de « net use » dans un serveur Windows pour pouvoir vous connecter au Stockage en ligne dans Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"22b10f0f166000ddd7e10d55eb0b0ddf56498e9b","title":"Comment gérer les groupes d’utilisateurs dans le Stockage en ligne","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-manage-user-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Apprenez comment établir des groupes d’utilisateurs dans l’environnement de Stockage en ligne de Plenit en deux étapes : créer un groupe et associer des utilisateurs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"38ef736bfe8b401b954cdb0a233a1212c6fd02f6","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"FAQ sur le Stockage en ligne : qu’est-ce que c’est, structure et autorisations, accès et partage, et quota et marque.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"}]},{"id":"ef40b110fbc7befad8f0eb910b894f1ea3daa1e2","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Informations détaillées sur le Stockage en ligne : l’Abonnement et le Quota, les autorisations, l’accès, le partage, la Personnalisation et les sauvegardes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"}]},{"id":"9e2a8576a85d759b0bac53a390332e8b184b6cc8","title":"Abonnement et Quota","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/subscription-and-quota","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"L’Abonnement du service, les plages de Quota jusqu’à 10 To, les alertes de Consommation et les notifications.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"3ca5e7cddea3470f067409842f5dcb1d976460c6","title":"Autorisations","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Niveaux d’autorisation, héritage et espaces personnels et partagés, comme référence rapide.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"c4335672d67db8017033c5aaf0ba4e1faf21342e","title":"Accès","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Accès web, intégration comme lecteur local via SMB sous Windows et Linux, et commandes de référence.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"6dd1997625c553d0a3ecf531ab30962027016a66","title":"Partage externe","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/external-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Liens pour le Partage de fichiers et de dossiers avec des tiers, avec Mot de passe et date d’expiration","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"2ff3c7cbcd85f687e8031404c3b70c01a224291f","title":"Personnalisation","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Marque blanche du service : domaine, logo, couleurs, favicon et Certificat.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"186c502ef2e83b243b9bca39517943d10696cd43","title":"Sauvegardes","pathname":"/fr/productos/file-storage/details/backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La politique de rétention des copies incluses et la manière de les restaurer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage en ligne"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"c4cf993f295ee5bbe296a173f8e864077b9b7ce4","title":"Stockage d’objets","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Dépôt à grande capacité compatible S3 pour les sauvegardes, les données d’applications et les gros volumes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"}]},{"id":"67fe14248cd46f180cd1ae561bc94b2640dd4364","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Créez le dépôt avec son Quota et attribuez-lui un Utilisateur propriétaire, en deux étapes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"}]},{"id":"4fea852b382eac7663b57f01caa09652e025b7e2","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Explications et définitions des concepts clés du Stockage d’objets : qu’est-ce que c’est, buckets et objets, l’accès S3, ainsi que la résilience et la sécurité.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"}]},{"id":"28b5add16a21a21cccaab00e13c06a683cbf8e25","title":"Qu’est-ce que le Stockage d’objets ?","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Stockage compatible S3 pour de grands volumes de données : sauvegarde, Fichier, données d’applications et logs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"66a9ea76f1529bf6e8171e43defa1c7602e34684","title":"Buckets et objets","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts/buckets-and-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment le dépôt s’organise, ce qu’est un objet, et comment le versioning et l’immuabilité protègent vos données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"de90361a3fb997f262067462ebbb20f4622721da","title":"Accès S3 : utilisateurs et identifiants","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts/s3-access-users-and-credentials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"916293ef8639cb022bc99da67f203dcb34976e92","title":"Résilience et sécurité","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts/resilience-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La triple Réplique, la copie dans un autre emplacement, le Chiffrement et la conformité qui protègent vos données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"74aedbf01f780b8cf6e73c490610cd5ad3d62af8","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes du Stockage d’objets, regroupés par thème et expliqués dans des tableaux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"acab1523b16af16c37aa7ffa344a48db311deb28","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Guides pas à pas pour connecter des clients S3, protéger votre NAS et gérer les sauvegardes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"}]},{"id":"6b9eedd4d4c00427cdb4e1a50cc181e448e675c1","title":"Comment configurer manuellement une Sauvegarde de votre QNAP vers Stockage d'objets","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-configure-a-manual-qnap-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment configurer une Sauvegarde de votre QNAP vers un Stockage d'objets de Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"515e28a78e4ae39424cb5aca9b7376249cff7517","title":"Comment récupérer depuis une Sauvegarde de Stockage d'objets vers QNAP","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-restore-an-object-storage-backup-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f5f5d94c5328add99813dffc816532ab60ffdf84","title":"Comment faire une Sauvegarde de QNAP vers Stockage d'objets","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-back-up-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Ce tutoriel a été réalisé à l’aide d’une QNAP TS-x73A, il est donc possible que, si vous utilisez un modèle différent, il existe de petites variations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"edb08c88197983aaeac55d18ac9ba297c63fdbfd","title":"Comment intégrer Stockage d'objets avec un Client S3","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-with-an-s3-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment intégrer Stockage d'objets de Jotelulu avec un Client S3 en deux étapes","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"eb3bb689362e4b9f872e765074ecc1ca3388a3fb","title":"Comment mapper depuis Stockage d'objets vers QNAP","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-map-object-storage-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Découvrez comment mapper Stockage d'objets de Plenit vers QNAP pour effectuer une copie locale de vos données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"d382f9bfef7e21d928c6424d14254729de62625e","title":"Comment faire une copie synchronisée à sens unique de QNAP vers Stockage d'objets","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-sync-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Continuez à lire et découvrez comment faire une copie synchronisée à sens unique de QNAP vers Stockage d'objets de Plenit.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"e6081f69437addc065343eaeb3cd636c049dcebb","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Questions fréquentes sur Stockage d'objets : qu’est-ce que c’est, buckets et objets, accès S3 et clients, et protection des données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"}]},{"id":"3521107beb9ffb501fd27bc8f7c40a0e1badd453","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Informations détaillées sur Stockage d'objets : Quota et Régions, le tableau de bord, utilisateurs et Autorisations, identifiants S3, clients compatibles, versionnage et Chiffrement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"}]},{"id":"e64b87d66c01fbfc26101b7af90da343a0b8ff75","title":"Quota et Régions","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/quota-and-regions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le Quota est l’espace que vous réservez dans le dépôt, et la Région est l’endroit où il est hébergé. Vous définissez les deux lors de l’activation du service, et elles conditionnent la capacité et l’emplacement des données.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"9cc6b7024dd1f61d0f9f2a64ca2402c93fcb17d5","title":"Le dépôt dans le tableau de bord","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/in-the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le Résumé de Consommation et le navigateur d’objets pour opérer sans Client S3.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"05e8e0399c743226179dfa429b740329325c4131","title":"Utilisateurs et Autorisations","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/users-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comment vous gérez les utilisateurs S3 du dépôt et les Autorisations sur les objets.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"6a3b3cb75118bf9491a6ab82d7631baa8a9a85f6","title":"Identifiants et accès S3","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/credentials-and-s3-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les données de connexion, où obtenir les clés et les commandes avec AWS CLI, s3cmd et rclone.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"5bce46aaaed31a5221cb78ab8b27dbe90a6a601a","title":"Clients compatibles","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/compatible-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le logiciel de Sauvegarde, les NAS et les clients S3 qui se connectent au dépôt.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"8b72ec76c13e3ff8aec84dc67c7ad52b04b949a9","title":"Versionnage et immuabilité","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/versioning-and-immutability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Le versionnage, l’immuabilité et la suppression automatique, à titre de référence.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"7afe961fe00417c1edd3a6879f92090bc0beddd9","title":"Résilience, Chiffrement et conformité","pathname":"/fr/productos/object-storage/details/encryption-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La triple Réplique, le Chiffrement et les certifications du service.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produits"},{"label":"Stockage d’objets"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"2897f6ae3f6cb141be6cd8b36969af9d5b04b5bb","title":"Go-To-Market","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Votre activité commerciale chez Plenit en un coup d’œil : Devis, Facturation des clients, Tarifs et la Personnalisation de vos ressources."},{"id":"378348dae72dd63ba3075a53a903c97163e804ce","title":"Accueil rapide","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Mettez en marche votre opération commerciale dans Go to Market : créez un Tarif avec vos marges et générez votre premier Devis pour un Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"ad93c9e8d47ae8c837659812a7edfbf38017ab0f","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les idées clés de votre activité commerciale : ce que sont les Devis, la Facturation des clients, les Tarifs et la Personnalisation des ressources.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"d9e6a552f5a21ccba26ace494c8b440e905fd523","title":"Qu’est-ce que Go to Market","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Go to Market est votre zone commerciale chez Plenit : définissez les prix, préparez des Devis, vérifiez ce que vous facturez à vos clients et utilisez des supports prêts à vendre.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"8eff0b83598ac654480a3dbb13a027d0be738171","title":"Tarifs","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/rate-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Comprenez comment fonctionnent les Tarifs chez Plenit : la différence entre votre coût et le prix au Client, les trois niveaux de marge et le Tarif recommandé.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"aacac0a95270f0778c9fb655d6deba2550484488","title":"Devis","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Qu’est-ce qu’un Devis dans Plenit : comment il regroupe des services dimensionnés, affiche votre coût et le prix au Client, ses états et les documents qu’il génère.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6a44b75e66030d7b7d7c281d3657df0f08d87a23","title":"Facturation des clients","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/customer-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Qu’est-ce que la Facturation des clients chez Plenit : la vue de consultation des bons de livraison dérivés de la Consommation de vos clients, avec leur détail et leur téléchargement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c0a067d8abedd03a5d6eeea4a3a00ff65efc3dd6","title":"Documentation","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/documentation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Qu’est-ce que le centre de Documentation de Plenit : le dépôt de supports commerciaux, contrats et modèles, beaucoup personnalisables avec votre Marque.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"2ec9817ca85127507304d4f0b44272ff2740be8a","title":"Glossaire","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les termes de Go to Market, expliqués dans un tableau.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"f6e8f543b4d5fd8a4d59aa3d3ba5c11a61add4cb","title":"Comment faire","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les guides pas à pas de votre activité commerciale : créez des Devis, facturez à vos clients, définissez des Tarifs et personnalisez vos ressources.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"eb47825282267efe8ea6e4c270365a5a217c7c92","title":"Comment créer un Tarif","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-a-rate-card","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Fixez vos marges (générales, par service ou par article) et votre période de Facturation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"becd38c26c60faab92319c180092f58fc16a2855","title":"Comment générer un Devis","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-quote","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Crée l’offre avec l’assistant et ajuste la Marge sur l’Écran de révision.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"392c46957af740bceacbd4a9a5e527390ed602f6","title":"Comment gérer tes Devis","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-manage-your-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Modifie, télécharge, prévisualise, clone ou mets à jour le Tarif d’un Devis.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"23aabc4965cdb04289af58dfce5b27014fe2180e","title":"Comment Facturer tes Clients","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-bill-your-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Consulte les bons de livraison de la Consommation de tes Clients et télécharge-les en PDF ou CSV.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"f0306b171b32f0088ff91e958bf7ea78e9b2d167","title":"Comment générer un Contrat","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-contract","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Crée un Contrat de prestation de services personnalisé avec tes données et celles de ton Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"db4195f97e9876b17834a2cefb780770683f9aa1","title":"Comment créer une campagne de marketing par e-mail avec Mailchimp","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-an-email-campaign-with-mailchimp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Télécharge un modèle de newsletter avec ta Marque et lance-le auprès de tes Clients avec Mailchimp.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Comment faire"}]},{"id":"13a26fd519932e7aa095dd444196ca9181024154","title":"Questions fréquentes","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Questions fréquentes sur Go to Market : le modèle de prix, les tarifs, les Devis, la Facturation des Clients et la documentation commerciale.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"1b03616aca87972ecf7c311cf2a54722d2ea5b15","title":"Détails","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"La référence de ton opération commerciale : les champs, les états et les options des Devis, de la Facturation des Clients, des tarifs et des ressources.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"e8caf13ea525e28b77ee19fab3895301981ec23a","title":"Paramètres des Tarifs","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/details/rate-card-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Référence des champs d’un tarif dans Plenit : en-tête, niveaux de Marge et colonnes de chaque ligne de service.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"94c811fbe0f6426292702b574d969557231698a0","title":"Détail de la Facturation","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/details/billing-detail","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Référence de la Facturation des Clients dans Plenit : colonnes de la liste des bons de livraison, contenu du bon de livraison et options de téléchargement.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"c7dd11bcdf9dbb8c72be63c74f457088fc41199c","title":"Champs des Devis","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/details/quote-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"75f0a16b54e1e4fa742b58871ea2ac49012c28de","title":"Catalogue de documentation","pathname":"/fr/go-to-market/details/documentation-catalog","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Référence du centre de Documentation de Plenit : catégories disponibles, types de matériel et comportement de chaque carte.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Détails"}]},{"id":"536264292006a9e69fe58905a35bb37d13b61b06","title":"Support","pathname":"/fr/support","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Toute l’aide en un seul endroit : ouvre des tickets, suis tes cas et contacte notre équipe depuis le tableau de bord ou depuis WhatsApp."},{"id":"b7379b6eef84f8ca32ba5c4ee8135ac8ecccd913","title":"Contact","pathname":"/fr/support/contact","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Les canaux pour contacter notre équipe de support et comment choisir chacun d’eux.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"ad5b82f6bf2128d190ce696db4c100c5834f2f89","title":"Tickets","pathname":"/fr/support/tickets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Crée, suis et ferme tes incidents et demandes depuis le tableau de bord, sans dépendre du courrier électronique.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"028dc94e1e6b592fb207b1119248fdfabc49e3f1","title":"WhatsApp","pathname":"/fr/support/whatsapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"Autorise les numéros de ton équipe pour créer et suivre des tickets depuis WhatsApp avec Partenaire Success.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"d601604735a3fc0b6341d02fdd350574e0a77ff3","title":"Tutoriels","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"c57bdb1064d5865d3a94a107c41471de43df355b","title":"Linux","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"}]},{"id":"fbe735044dad972df0ce3e2260a469ca2a556856","title":"Comment mettre en place un Docker dans Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-docker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"2d3288d24ae633af316ef6ba73eb17586538c1d2","title":"Comment mettre en place un environnement Kubernetes dans Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-kubernetes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"cac892eba8563cfc85b9efaf80afc0282294543b","title":"Comment savoir si ton serveur est BIOS ou UEFI sous GNU/Linux - Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-check-bios-or-uefi-on-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"43eaa62a9e9da611e5a5646f56dcbb3e5830ed76","title":"Windows","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"}]},{"id":"cc27103fc9414058b58d9f29c4a7c15a8e8f9299","title":"Comment mettre à jour Windows Server 2008 vers Windows Server 2019","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/comment-mettre-a-jour-windows-server-2008-vers-windows-server-2019","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"f04bc89fb8e79f18d2ec81b5f2b96f6cb2b41c53","title":"Comment accéder à SMB depuis des systèmes Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-access-smb-from-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"4d0ffb08efb85f096753b1b9bcc1469954489f4a","title":"Comment configurer BitLocker sur ton Client Windows","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-configure-bitlocker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"99ec2df7debd4cf34f58c6f7a9e23be9fdd11073","title":"Comment convertir des Disques UEFI en BIOS sur ton serveur Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-convert-uefi-disks-to-bios","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"a878d1a4421f7713dd53cc9a79eec75dd1535c20","title":"Comment Déployer un Disque réparti (Spanned Volume) sur Windows Server 2022","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-create-a-spanned-volume-windows-server-2022","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"108d979e999cb133ff8a4178f8f4f8ce60087f5a","title":"Comment faire des sauvegardes des GPO","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-back-up-gpos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"8121be02989b95c69e06dad0021fddde164f4bc6","title":"Comment installer Sage 50 sur un serveur Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-install-sage-50","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"d0c24774afb18851d65092ba60459965f9d7b156","title":"Comment récupérer le Mot de passe d’administrateur sous Windows","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-recover-the-administrator-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"cf49b9bbabded058d33aedee21a6ce64c69a51b6","title":"Configuration de base de TSprint","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/tsprint-basic-configuration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"a2ad88ce53822abae2cfe0a5cbb85d83001b5c1b","title":"Comment installer et configurer un serveur FTP sur Windows avec PowerShell","pathname":"/fr/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-set-up-an-ftp-server-with-powershell","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_svDQf","lang":"fr","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutoriels"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"e57803a97e5f52d342830563e67233d57ac4e42d","title":"Primeiros passos","pathname":"/docs-pt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Tudo o que precisa para implementar, automatizar e escalar com a plataforma. Guias de produto, Referência da API e referência técnica."},{"id":"c8fb74a7e12fda35590945f5593ecc1c7e6e12b6","title":"Plataforma","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A base da sua operação na Plenit num relance: a sua conta, as organizações dos seus clientes e a sua faturação."},{"id":"777f829a7ea0e711d5091447efe62848c1266462","title":"Contas","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A sua identidade pessoal na Plenit: um utilizador, várias organizações e a sua visão global de tudo o que lhe pertence.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"2fbeb9200859dc2260a1ff18c97fc6faa229d082","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Conheça os três níveis do painel, complete o seu perfil e proteja a sua conta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"}]},{"id":"8c4a4635045bb6f463816317c7225b9f2d6721c1","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As ideias-chave da sua conta: o que é a sua conta face a uma organização, o seu perfil, como o painel está organizado e como os seus recursos são separados dos recursos dos seus clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"}]},{"id":"6c18a65c3b177ebe698aa5af22abb1479a5acbdf","title":"O meu perfil","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts/my-profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A face pessoal da sua conta: os seus dados, a sua segurança, as suas organizações e a sua atividade, em quatro separadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"fabce60c09232298465ec36f43e82638416fced6","title":"Conta e Organização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts/account-and-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que é a sua conta, o que é uma organização e porque o mesmo utilizador pertence a várias com uma função diferente em cada uma.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"cafa26c46679df3a7cae0af77ada064544288428","title":"Como o Painel está organizado","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts/the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os três níveis do menu e a diferença entre a sua visão global e a de uma única organização.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d968e918b4c717a6772456b13166093129cf7244","title":"Os seus recursos e os dos seus clientes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts/resources-and-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Porque vários ecrãs de Início separam os recursos da sua organização dos dos seus clientes em dois separadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"cff59a727df877f0512c474fc03289d1536f3fce","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos que mais aparecem na documentação de Conta, com uma breve definição.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"0b181907fac5dcaec2ee360613183697c85e2890","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para as tarefas da sua conta: o seu perfil, a sua segurança, a sua equipa e a sua atividade.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"}]},{"id":"ced17470358f9820cac019060cdead4406a518f7","title":"Como criar Utilizadores","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-add-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Adicione utilizadores à sua organização, um a um ou em massa, com os seus dados, a sua Palavra-passe e a sua segurança.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"eb1faf3fee2bfbda200786514cc0bed77e1ee051","title":"Como gerir os seus Utilizadores","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Edite os seus utilizadores, ative-os ou desative-os e elimine-os a partir de Início > Utilizadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c52b2d2920b384ee7a400c54e39cad6d18d43737","title":"Como atribuir Permissões a um Utilizador","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-assign-user-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Controle a que pode aceder cada utilizador: ao painel, às secções da organização e às subscrições.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"ac080612c25af860635eadc68a74913ccdbfb215","title":"Como criar e gerir as suas Subscrições","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Crie, edite, atualize e elimine subscrições a partir de Início > Subscrições.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"14b28e8163be572df9e17e9f3db84a23cb8486ae","title":"Como consultar e exportar os seus Eventos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-view-and-export-events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Consulte o registo de eventos da sua conta, delimite-o com filtros e exporte-o quando precisar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c1c9a1ba43a2acd0dc774d3fe919a503ead282f6","title":"Como configurar os seus e-mails de segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-configure-security-emails","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Adicione endereços de e-mail de reserva para recuperar o acesso à sua conta e receber avisos de segurança.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"de0b4a50cad3b012fafaa67150138e3212f2428d","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Respostas rápidas às dúvidas mais habituais sobre a sua conta","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"}]},{"id":"b2882ed01504bf0834a726ef44bcba7454fb52b7","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência de consulta da Conta: campos, colunas e estados. Filhas: campos-perfil · segurança · eventos · listas","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"}]},{"id":"b532e8d6732efbee44315f7007c4707ba2027239","title":"Campos de O meu perfil","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/details/profile-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Referência dos campos do separador Perfil: o que é cada um e se é editável.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"f8e26c6c7aad1563f2552b8e8b9fbb0e3fb7a45c","title":"Segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/details/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Referência das três secções de Segurança: alterar Palavra-passe, e-mails de segurança e eliminar utilizador.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5051fedc6c27419f4bc739b2d8941c7d6bc535e4","title":"Eventos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/details/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As colunas do registo de eventos nas suas duas vistas e os estados de sessão.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"ae6cc954f4c53d8575fcb9571ff6d9de467f9203","title":"Colunas das listagens","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/accounts/details/lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Mostra cada coluna nas listagens de Organizações, Subscrições e Utilizadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Contas"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"ec173a454489e993082f0318478e524942b06b80","title":"Organizações","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Crie, configure e administre as organizações às quais presta serviço, mova-se entre elas e trabalhe com o painel de cada uma.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"9fef4b2e1e97800312bba33a40ed6c857d983412","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Do zero ao operacional: compreenda o painel (Início e o nível Organização), crie a organização, aplique a sua Marca e crie os seus utilizadores com as respetivas permissões.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"}]},{"id":"ac3d30b80d2149b71f72d8a61050c9a5326f0d84","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As ideias-chave das organizações: o que é uma organização, as seis secções do seu painel e como o Cliente final vê a sua Marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"}]},{"id":"82d6843f10e23b5fe638f6f9c46d40b3c3efc3df","title":"O que é uma Organização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Uma organização é o espaço de trabalho de um Cliente: as suas subscrições, utilizadores, contactos, faturação e Marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d767fdb9fada40a92b39a8182e855f1ce8dea119","title":"O Painel da Organização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/concepts/the-organization-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As seis secções do painel de uma organização e como começar a trabalhar nela.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"c0aa5959673c8832aabd46373aa64dabca108b62","title":"O Cliente final e a Marca do Partner","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/concepts/end-client-and-brand","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Cada organização é um Cliente final que vê a sua Marca, e não a da Plenit, nas suas duas interfaces.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d2772219236d97a53e0c9ffc57082bb0a4f04eda","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para trabalhar com as organizações dos seus clientes: criá-las, administrá-las, controlar acessos e aplicar-lhes a sua Marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"}]},{"id":"a7405005c4ecac8357ae553b6eee12eb1aaef5b3","title":"Como criar uma Organização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-create-an-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Crie uma organização de Cliente com os seus dados, pronta para começar a trabalhar com ela.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"2baa5feed3b8a40292b1251064e20865af3ce9ef","title":"Como administrar as suas Organizações","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-your-organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Edite, aceda, bloqueie ou elimine as suas organizações e mova-se entre elas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"722be1ccf24602c35b9beb23b0f9bee669f047e9","title":"Como personalizar o Portal do utilizador e o Painel de administração","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-customize-the-user-portal-and-admin-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Aplique a sua Marca às duas interfaces que o Cliente final vê e configure o e-mail com a sua identidade.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"ec54e58893fa4ef03a08f9a82b2fcfaa933f94f0","title":"Como gerir os Contactos de uma Organização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-organization-contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Defina quem é o Contacto principal, os contactos de operações e para que e-mails são enviadas as faturas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"e6cde2b393e3779c0df822bdab5cdb1ba822b414","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Respostas rápidas às dúvidas mais habituais sobre as suas organizações","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"}]},{"id":"9cc911929153260139687b226962eceb6870eb68","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência das organizações: a listagem e as seis secções do painel de uma organização, campo a campo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"}]},{"id":"8400ed142c660daaa90111b155a8b1ea093cab9c","title":"Perfil","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência dos dados e da configuração de uma organização, campo a campo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"b5f3b00146562148d928235740bd58fc044c567d","title":"Listagem de Organizações","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que mostra cada coluna da listagem e o que faz cada ação do menu.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"69b1aa7de642f86041b9269e5a601e24ab2d3da1","title":"Subscrições","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os dois estados da secção: o catálogo para implementar e os cartões das subscrições ativas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"0f95b48741dc9f4906a82eeb56476c45f150ced2","title":"Utilizadores","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A listagem, o formulário e o ecrã de permissões dos utilizadores de uma organização.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"c757ff8d5efa982e18f7b6de41ab9a575e16f029","title":"Contactos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os tipos de contacto de uma organização e o que cada um guarda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"adf000bd1d5aa2e61b21cb69e20d16d4d63d1807","title":"Personalização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os campos das duas interfaces de Marca e da configuração de e-mail.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"cad7960226fc15897eaac07764bc4b7d8f92bcf2","title":"Eventos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/organizations/detalles/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O registo de atividade da organização. A mesma estrutura que o registo da sua conta; detalha-se uma única vez.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Organizações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"fe12eb071180e81455c340496ff324c922d2748e","title":"Faturação","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que lhe faturamos a si, o partner: o seu Consumo, as suas faturas e os seus métodos de pagamento.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"774c3d180b0e01205376872afb8741ab81fef782","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Em poucos minutos: configure o seu método de pagamento e aprenda onde vê o seu Consumo e as suas faturas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"}]},{"id":"ef92e4a67c7f9e1aa05d594e1bd7d6be66200c62","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As ideias-chave da sua faturação: como lhe faturamos enquanto partner, o ciclo e os modos de faturação, e os estados e pagamentos em atraso de uma fatura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"}]},{"id":"6c970542f41b7f6895d34de484ce0ee1f04b5555","title":"Como lhe faturamos","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/concepts/how-we-bill-you","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A Plenit fatura-lhe a si, o partner, com base no Consumo real das suas subscrições e serviços.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"818d443b36b1fbf00268ecf4b15adf380b547313","title":"Ciclo e modos de Faturação","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/concepts/cycle-and-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A faturação é mensal, com base no Consumo do período, e pode ser agrupada de várias formas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"40199a9cd6e7df36b3f03ebf88fddc8b14c86102","title":"Estados e pagamentos em atraso","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/concepts/statuses-and-unpaid","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Que estados pode ter uma fatura e o que acontece se uma ficar por pagar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"ae5f6af98ca8c8214159208b12c706e7849e00fd","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos da sua faturação com a Plenit, definidos numa tabela.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"fb39e14910cfc913f543b103ba533392dccfc12b","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para consultar o seu Consumo, descarregar as suas faturas e configurar o seu método de pagamento.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"}]},{"id":"8ba73fb11c77194a1aa407b84af646dc42126084","title":"Como consultar o seu Consumo","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-check-your-usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Consulte em Utilização o que consome no período, com o total, o detalhe por serviço e a evolução.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"d9274818fe1cfbc904c5f3415ec11970284a2f9d","title":"Como descarregar as suas faturas","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-download-your-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descarregue uma fatura individual ou um lote por intervalo de datas, em PDF e XML.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"1f339810f7e79f123247c6a00f6c01f12b9934e6","title":"Como adicionar ou alterar o seu método de pagamento","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-add-or-change-payment-method","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Configure um cartão de crédito ou um débito direto bancário SEPA, ou altere o método ativo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"e28067c5b73ae246e32ad5a1ecc7349883e0471d","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Dúvidas habituais sobre a sua faturação com a Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"}]},{"id":"4c17caf08036c91e30a9a47d89c5342acb041cb2","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência dos ecrãs de faturação: Utilização e os seus separadores, a fatura e Métodos de pagamento.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"}]},{"id":"e097b88ceeb332dda2dc5550879e0547efbf0e74","title":"Utilização","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/details/usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O ecrã onde vê o seu Consumo, as suas subscrições e as suas faturas, organizado em três separadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"ef57b4c8bf2ba2e131e5b4a606957dfda15b8fbd","title":"A Fatura","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/details/the-invoice","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que contém o documento que emitimos e como o descarrega.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"089d9c8fd49cce5b6ee7e9571d2d791e994b7e97","title":"Métodos de pagamento","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/billing/details/payment-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como lhe cobramos: cartão de crédito ou débito direto bancário SEPA, e como alterar o método ativo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Faturação"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"9d258e1c723bd300c9424adcc7e156a0fb1a5349","title":"Segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"ca6a93f73aae8cc2a06934d3346777f412f4407f","title":"Ativar o 2FA para o acesso","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/security/how-to-enable-2fa-for-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Segurança"}]},{"id":"c53a9ca1c7fe5d76222f6c564dbaeed52c437ebd","title":"Como recuperar o meu código 2FA","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/security/how-to-recover-my-2fa-code","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Segurança"}]},{"id":"e16a60750ccc15b46806020e533c831574ac81e4","title":"Como gerir os pedidos das autoridades ao abrigo do RGPD","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/security/how-to-handle-gdpr-authority-requests","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"},{"label":"Segurança"}]},{"id":"997fddd9e4c648b51d2b20724e604956e410594c","title":"Notas da versão","pathname":"/docs-pt/platform/release-notes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que muda na Plenit: o que lançamos, melhoramos, corrigimos e retiramos, ordenado por data.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Plataforma"}]},{"id":"f7a4fdeb2cc4e16aaf50768a331c74d8c02c1195","title":"Produtos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt"},{"id":"3de8264fe680b387d33e51caa7a5e029e61d3ebd","title":"Servidores","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Máquinas virtuais Windows e Linux que implementa, escala e gere na nossa infraestrutura, prontas em minutos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"5b335efc3d1606c3e2ff352a5b207419519b512f","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Em poucos minutos terá um servidor a funcionar na nossa infraestrutura, pronto para começar a trabalhar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"08bd214d75498b9dfdfcbadf7936006694d94faf","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Compreenda como funciona um servidor Plenit e decida como o configurar para cada Cliente","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"f1f3be36c12e4e8aa7bcd00a16a3177151851f60","title":"O que é um Servidor?","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Uma máquina virtual Windows ou Linux que implementa, escala e gere a partir do painel, na nossa infraestrutura","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"e8317d4df4abc248b749f0904bef8b6b89aa82e8","title":"Dimensione o seu servidor","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/size-cpu-ram-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Escolha CPU, RAM e Disco de acordo com a carga do seu Cliente. Comece de forma ajustada e escale a quente quando crescer","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"1f1476e3aa88e2bc1e08d1c736823e66eb0c4219","title":"Imagens e aplicações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/images-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O ponto de partida do seu servidor: o Sistema operativo e, se quiser, software já preparado. Escolha uma distribuição, a sua própria imagem, uma ISO ou o Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"f7491f226fe1bda85bb7c76fd1218bc06665ca8f","title":"Redes do servidor","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como liga os seus Servidores entre si, ao escritório do Cliente e à Internet. Quatro tipos de Rede, consoante o controlo de que necessita","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"5fdfb804502e9db68eab4526055f7978bf32b39f","title":"Acesso Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/remote-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como se liga ao seu servidor para o administrar: Desktop Remoto no Windows, SSH no Linux e a consola web do painel, sempre à mão","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"56808360863d6aaa4acb4087c35d277738eaf500","title":"Cópia de segurança e proteção de dados","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As cópias de segurança estão incluídas em cada servidor. São a sua Rede de segurança: se algo correr mal, faz o Restauro","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"f2102e3db6a7aa25552cf6f4443badbd609ac105","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos que aparecem nos conceitos de Servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"0bfbec11106242a4310243e1629292ef65bc2694","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para implementar, ligar, proteger e operar os seus servidores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"966911f0cd1c4484a3000f70a27fc287df1ba283","title":"Como criar uma VPC e associar um TIER na Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-vpc-and-associate-a-tier","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"1ff15afba3de64b34812aadec5e130ee8cd783bb","title":"Como redimensionar o tamanho de um Disco da Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-resize-a-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"86c7c8dac23ebe653c5165e8c5076d37d2f410e5","title":"Como criar um Snapshot de um Servidor e restaurá-lo posteriormente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-snapshot-and-restore-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"207524bd3cb90bbbe0ce71d2eab6f38077e1d95f","title":"Como configurar uma chave SSH num Servidor novo","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-new-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"f426d146c7aae2fa1b05229a3424c6b5b37faae1","title":"Como configurar uma chave SSH num Servidor existente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-existing-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"5a7f5ec6afa35ef0be63856c200a270a3d93e635","title":"Como fazer uma Cópia de segurança de um Servidor","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-back-up-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"64723ee9e184b614c0846cc8a2441dd9db207fd7","title":"Como restaurar uma Cópia de segurança de Disco","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-restore-a-disk-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"09b5ab03f92f3f33880d383b7bdb4211c2d4b270","title":"Como implementar um Balanceador de carga","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c926c0c2a74c1c0b65e57f00f5efd74a5f89a1d6","title":"Como criar um túnel VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-site-to-site-vpn-tunnel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"2445d5218c4e09ba6400028bf2538a8a88f2d73d","title":"Novas melhorias de configuração VPN: IKEV2 e Split Tunneling","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/ikev2-and-split-tunneling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"73cdf037ad3e7b4f6a5f2e6afa0b25876dc89cba","title":"Como gerir os logs da sua VPN e diagnosticar incidentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/vpn-logs-and-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b98b80dc04108a64e958807c36dab7e34b20aa3d","title":"Como configurar uma ligação VPN de acesso remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-a-remote-access-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"2a8194209a4656508e9d42d01b807979c27794c6","title":"Como configurar WireGuard para várias ligações VPN a partir de uma Rede privada","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-wireguard-for-multiple-vpn-connections","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b0dbf5d2e0012bee2b8ed598864e06ad3932559a","title":"Como configurar GeoIP para Bloquear ou permitir países nos seus Servidores","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-geoip-to-block-or-allow-countries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"f8b615720059507bf9078ab4e95990b5b1a04120","title":"Como implementar um modelo 3CX num Servidor Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-3cx-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"8403ef9729d38d208805632950cbcf842ce95a33","title":"Como implementar um FortiGate VNF na Cloud","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-fortigate-vnf","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"ed8c86f1c8501e8869dde072b8687c85ec400abb","title":"Como implementar um modelo Pandora num Servidor Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-pandora-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c54b4fdeec3511b7f969cf45af0236f28af75d79","title":"Como implementar servidores em múltiplas zonas de disponibilidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/como-implementar-servidores-em-multiplas-zonas-de-disponibilidade","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c6dcd80cc36399a88bb995f1b65e51ede10ec4b5","title":"Como recuperar um servidor noutra zona de disponibilidade a partir de uma cópia de segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/como-recuperar-um-servidor-noutra-zona-de-disponibilidade-a-partir-de-uma-copia-de-seguranca","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"0176bb4da5c3986146d0137698ffd74e6f714527","title":"Como ativar Alta disponibilidade (HA) na rede entre duas zonas de disponibilidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/how-to/como-ativar-alta-disponibilidade-ha-na-rede-entre-duas-zonas-de-disponibilidade","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"7b587843ae9b8c010c2d00db1cb073705ebe9802","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Servidores: o que são e como são faturados, tamanho e imagens, redes e segurança, e cópias de segurança.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"1535fe9f287ed3dded6628f9fc65c585126ff59e","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência técnica de Servidores: características, sistemas operativos, redes, cópia de segurança, regiões, certificações e disponibilidade","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"}]},{"id":"81662913d3192d1571b385ea0bfc302ec10e49cf","title":"Características técnicas","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/technical-specs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As especificações de um servidor Plenit: computação, armazenamento, hardware, virtualização e Rede física","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5a1fd66d1702833e8daceb2317d0bbeaafb45fea","title":"Sistemas operativos e aplicações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/operating-systems-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O catálogo de sistemas operativos com as suas versões, as aplicações pré-instaláveis no Windows e os appliances do Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"1ed0c4f3ae0ee1973f8a10b7f806df4433bffd8a","title":"Redes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A matriz de especificações dos quatro tipos de Rede, os protocolos VPN, o Firewall, os VNF e o balanceador","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"bf44e653c3cf51c278233ae4318adbfbe329edcc","title":"Regiões e zonas de Disponibilidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/regions-and-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As regiões, zonas de disponibilidade e centros de dados onde aloja os seus Servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"3c7a9c56d7d1fda522010c87c648b3d244f52f3a","title":"Certificações e conformidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/certifications-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As certificações e os quadros de conformidade da infraestrutura Plenit e o que cada um certifica.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"b118ec93782cf1cfdc64da2dcb830328f3b777e0","title":"Disponibilidade de serviço","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/servers/details/service-availability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O compromisso de disponibilidade da infraestrutura Plenit na qual os seus Servidores funcionam","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Servidores"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"2ff729aeccc655dff01a35ea332649f643680eeb","title":"Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O ambiente de trabalho e as aplicações do seu Cliente na Cloud, acessíveis a partir de qualquer lugar e geridos por si.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"bd28d6d5de5dc6db58c377310312b98d29bfd9a6","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"4b8f56e85607750e14895be62d5ea72b2c93631a","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Explicações e definições dos conceitos-chave de Desktop Remoto","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"01ef1afc572a5b86feb821414be083f359486272","title":"O que é Desktop Remoto?","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que é um ambiente de Desktop Remoto, como se integra no dia a dia do seu Cliente, o que gere e o que nós gerimos, e como é faturado","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"a1dc522ab8c7f044981f881c59edb6900369fe7b","title":"Dimensione o seu ambiente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/size-your-environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como o número de utilizadores, a concorrência e as aplicações se traduzem nos recursos do ambiente, e quando passar para multisservidor","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"1e0b1fd73e14477272fc94a184e54b3ab4c2db9e","title":"Modos de ligação e permissões","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/connection-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que vê cada utilizador, como se liga ao ambiente (RemoteApp, HTML5 ou RDP direto) e que permissões tem.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"04958ed108f50d46032fcc0439a036f553136046","title":"Utilizadores e aplicações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/users-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A quem dá acesso ao ambiente e que aplicações publica, e como cada utilizador é associado às aplicações que utiliza","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"e54f4b9d705498ceeedae3e51da27ab0ecd56015","title":"Acesso ao ambiente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/environment-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Por onde os seus utilizadores entram, como protege esse acesso com 2FA e VPN, e como funciona a impressão","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"ff084e291e558df240e85f43bdae36ec5bace75d","title":"Cópia de segurança e proteção de dados","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como o ambiente é protegido com cópias e como recupera os dados perante uma falha ou uma eliminação","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"c671c286dc6ae43b7911980fa9a0fcef7d60429f","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Desktop Remoto, agrupados por bloco e explicados em tabelas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"534dd3e41f0e37d2a75a88454dc4072f122a5de9","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para configurar, dar acesso, publicar aplicações e administrar o seu ambiente de Desktop Remoto.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"fd64a686150e28bb5b38de8d903aff85ecf73d7d","title":"Como aceder ao seu Desktop Remoto (guia para o Utilizador)","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/user-quickstart-guide","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Entre no seu ambiente de Desktop Remoto a partir do Portal do utilizador e comece a trabalhar com as suas aplicações a partir de qualquer dispositivo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"f454e209f38913c11b56cae58ffa2b8ae55a850c","title":"Como administrar o seu ambiente de Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-administer-your-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Gira utilizadores, aplicações, licenças e acesso a partir da subscrição de Desktop Remoto no painel.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"49a58f8f5463a67f7ccbfa621267171ea328f3bd","title":"Ligar ao Desktop Remoto através de RDP/RemoteApp","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-via-rdp-remoteapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Deixe configurado no equipamento do utilizador um atalho para o ambiente com o Gerador RDP/RemoteApp, para entrar sem ter de passar sempre pelo portal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"1b212ac3a98c431ce73d7743cec43d2fcd0979df","title":"Como realizar um carregamento em massa de Utilizadores no Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-bulk-upload-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Importe vários utilizadores ao mesmo tempo com um Ficheiro CSV e atribua-os depois ao ambiente com o assistente de gestão.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"6c08db9b5faf4b9becdded255935e1979e2a6471","title":"Como configurar as portas do seu Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-configure-remote-desktop-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Publique as portas de que as suas aplicações necessitam com uma regra de entrada de Firewall e reduza a exposição do serviço.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"cd8959b9d1a425f4906e0cc5ff71691510a157e4","title":"Como associar um Utilizador de Desktop Remoto a um Utilizador de domínio já existente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-associate-an-rd-user-with-a-domain-user","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Associe um utilizador do ambiente a um utilizador de domínio existente para centralizar a sua gestão, a partir da edição do utilizador.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"a74c108dd10f1ebdafd590011f99ce15bc37bba2","title":"Como implementar um Balanceador de carga em Desktop Remoto multisservidor","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Distribua as ligações entre vários Servidores de um ambiente multisservidor implementando o Balanceador de carga e associando os Servidores","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b8c7d7ed4cd35597b31ec07912d599cf078bc9c7","title":"Como ligar ao ambiente de Desktop Remoto por VPN site-to-site","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-to-remote-desktop-via-site-to-site-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Ligue o servidor de Desktop Remoto à Rede do escritório do Cliente através de um túnel VPN: adicione a placa de Rede da VPC e a rota estática para a Rede remota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"60d36aa34829e42950130e6a15b0b9fb144e5117","title":"Como instalar e publicar uma aplicação no Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-install-and-publish-an-application","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Instale uma aplicação no servidor do ambiente, publique-a no painel com os seus caminhos e atribua acesso aos utilizadores que a devem utilizar.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"67cb17dc2e80b615d41bf3f3f21d3bc49252e853","title":"Como implementar Servidores adicionais no seu ambiente de Desktop Remoto (multisservidor)","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-additional-servers-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Aprenda a implementar um servidor adicional no seu ambiente de Desktop Remoto (multisservidor) da Plenit, validar que fica operacional e rever os passos seguintes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"e6d2e34ce63155ebc022e991ab2feb09017989b7","title":"Como gerir as atualizações do Windows Update em Servidores de Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-windows-updates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Consulte, instale e agende as atualizações do Windows dos seus Servidores de Desktop Remoto a partir da secção Updates, sem entrar no servidor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"d4cb06b0f4dcc2071a650e5a07d521debb354c59","title":"Como gerir as suas impressoras com o ambiente de Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-local-printers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Consulte, instale e agende as atualizações do Windows dos seus Servidores de Desktop Remoto a partir da secção Updates, sem entrar no servidor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c2a59efe6ece823a3ab57e5695b369783f0d2562","title":"Diferentes modalidades de impressão no Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/printing-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Que modalidade de impressão (Universal Printer, TS Print, mapeamento, impressoras locais) se adequa a cada modo de ligação ao ambiente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"22f1d510e264eee4247fa1936461dbea6b4ae7aa","title":"Como configurar 2FA para os Utilizadores de Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/como-configurar-2fa-a-los-usuarios-de-escritorio-remoto","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Ative a Autenticação em dois passos para um utilizador a partir do painel e oriente-o no registo da sua app autenticadora para que aceda com um código temporário.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"8303344d79a31169e2a277eebd17b7aa0ae64e63","title":"Personalização","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"e7d85ddc340064ba9c3c735816b7dff562fc5c87","title":"Como personalizar o atalho para Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-shortcut","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Configure os argumentos do Explorador do Windows para que os seus utilizadores abram diretamente a unidade de armazenamento que escolher, sem navegar manualmente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Personalização"}]},{"id":"98470f42d95e2cd26cc0a2a9ea16c8ba0aad0f34","title":"Como personalizar o avatar no Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-avatar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Altere o avatar de toda a organização ou de um utilizador específico, durante a implementação, a partir da subscrição ou do próprio launchpad do utilizador.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Personalização"}]},{"id":"4436c09767e52e3171382742697a04165f0adbfe","title":"Como criar modelos num servidor para reutilizá-los no Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-create-reusable-server-templates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Converta um servidor já configurado num modelo e reutilize-o em futuras implementações de Desktop Remoto para automatizar a configuração.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Personalização"}]},{"id":"fbbb5f9703a4a8cc9a3a5cf49e3670e17d9c0e21","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"5710377f360d48a5de28492b20c9014c6c67cf17","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Informação detalhada de Desktop Remoto","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"}]},{"id":"86f9b0f0b605b847fe3635f88271710106e49889","title":"Ambiente","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Desktop Remoto, agrupados por bloco e explicados em tabelas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"324cfa4b72664a914660af104d06941e7cb43ad8","title":"Modos de ligação","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/connection-modes-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Modos, vias de ligação, dispositivos compatíveis e permissões, em tabelas de consulta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"19381b3f73d059b6dcebb8eb38527b862bdd925a","title":"Impressão","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Modalidades de impressão do ambiente e a sua compatibilidade consoante a via de ligação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"97401ab315d9ae5b8526d97c4d99f80276e83590","title":"Cópia de segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Modalidades de cópia, agendamento, retenção e Restauro do ambiente","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"c6ea1b47cfb3fb494ad86a800a0d1d356f5cdee2","title":"Licenças e Faturação","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/licensing-and-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"8e532824a4193498305eeb25523381a908ce2329","title":"Redes e acesso","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/remote-desktop/details/redes-y-acceso","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"VPN de acesso remoto e site-to-site, portas, 2FA e o motivo técnico de cada opção de acesso.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Desktop Remoto"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5fbe898854c96802d09142a69b3d81e6378bb320","title":"Migrações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Carregue, converta e implemente na Plenit as máquinas e os ambientes dos seus clientes com um assistente guiado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"db541f3a0f7216f3e40a980e1e66048fd7f498e2","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que são Migrações, como é o assistente de 3 passos, que formatos e modos de transferência admite e como são concluídos os ajustes finais.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"}]},{"id":"89a3463d49dd5feb5eadfb75383f4fd46e011794","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Compreenda as Migrações da Plenit: o que são, o que decidir em cada passo e como é o processo completo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"}]},{"id":"3c8a4721ac36b99f02621db77a99567742ed203e","title":"O que são as Migrações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/what-they-are","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que significa migrar na Plenit, o que pode transferir e o que deve verificar antes de começar para evitar bloqueios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"7586d9c3ef95ac9863b71e1a89ff06bcd20c96f5","title":"Origem física ou virtual","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/source","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que significa migrar a partir de uma origem física ou virtual e como escolher o tipo correto no assistente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"8c419744a496d52e16602e7ca852e0c6252d1805","title":"Formatos de Disco","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As duas vias de formato (Agente Acronis e VHD – Conversão de discos) e que formatos cada uma admite.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"4693ad86389e15bc6fa21f488f5e71772ac6ccee","title":"Modos de transferência","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como o Disco chega à Plenit: SFTP, transferência por URL, carregamento web ou Agente Acronis, e quando cada um é aconselhável.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"3c3eb4ff371496b9e7c1b1f74af8b42ee69b671f","title":"O processo","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/the-process","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As etapas de uma migração: do assistente de 3 passos à transferência, conversão, implementação, ajustes e validação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"b0839f39825ec9ca1b186f13dcb59589ae186251","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos que aparecem ao longo dos guias de migração, explicados numa tabela.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"71e202fbc0f6ff2706b307c4d701a6c119f79c29","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para migrar para a Cloud consoante a origem: on-premise, outro hipervisor ou outra Cloud.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"}]},{"id":"34405bddcfdf40c21756991e38021cc37868dd43","title":"Como migrar Servidores GNU/Linux de On-premise para a Cloud","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-gnulinux-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"c4d1727f76dc30325e61316ec8730dad31ce8e9f","title":"Como migrar Servidores Windows On-premise para a Plenit através do Acronis","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-de-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"9cf40d5e19830a8d34e22629c2424b27809fe75c","title":"Como migrar um FortiGate de On-premise para a Cloud","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-fortigate-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"bc9ff3f9da962f09c47790e6212a6ec8ea246bb6","title":"Como migrar um Servidor de Hyper-V para a Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-hyper-v-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"5b5301e22c7712bbb5dd7d90f8e6aaa7c431938b","title":"Como migrar um Servidor de VMWare para a Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-vmware-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"852506a4de2af41125a513793b43ac8bfd042bca","title":"Como migrar uma máquina virtual Microsoft Azure para a Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-una-maquina-virtual-de-microsoft-azure-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"f59991c00b1e8404ee49cf372a6035c494d396d2","title":"Como solicitar uma migração assistida","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-solicitar-ayuda-para-migrar-un-servidor-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"4ac549d6d332f641592ffca84d777f3f243a3cdb","title":"Como migrar Servidores Windows On-premise para a Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-on-premise-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"9278f2dc9d298f29c3f61c7fb07b632d93d4daa3","title":"Como migrar um Servidor GNU/Linux da AWS para a Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-gnulinux-desde-aws-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"ea29724a2f5b291be77d93ad81a3b3e451e314f7","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Migrações: o que pode ser migrado, formatos e transferência, o processo, e assistência e custos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"}]},{"id":"75ce40e2d9f9c735a208d14c8f5bac58527014c0","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Informação detalhada sobre Migrações: o que inclui, os custos, os formatos e a transferência, os requisitos e estados, e a assistência e limitações.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"}]},{"id":"1d53049135ed8830ec6c2b3c034e4095969b7e0d","title":"O que inclui","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details/what-it-includes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que pode migrar hoje, a partir de que origens e com que cobertura por área.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"6665fa88ccc7fd323c90678e630613dd3b62505b","title":"Custos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details/costs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As três camadas de custo: assistência, infraestrutura de destino e casos excecionais.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"d3c55a7ace6a6c0215857103b5cbbce2cf72edb4","title":"Formatos e transferência","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details/formats-and-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os formatos de Disco admitidos e os modos de transferência, como referência rápida.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"904930b85ece2fdb646feb3fe2ec1b8dd651bddc","title":"Requisitos e estados","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details/requirements-and-statuses","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os pré-requisitos que convém validar antes de iniciar uma migração e as fases pelas quais o processo passa.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"0abb12398ebef97a33f90e5fd957452e95659454","title":"Assistência e limitações","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/migrations/details/assistance-and-limitations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O pedido de assistência, as limitações atuais e as melhorias em desenvolvimento.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Migrações"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5b365c9523ad217dda4c0e84e4976dfb4d3fe18a","title":"Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A camada de continuidade que replica os ambientes críticos dos seus clientes e os deixa prontos para serem ativados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"e7f05cc5ccc2e6eb35d7f7ecb2ace4bc7a7411be","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Crie o seu primeiro plano de Disaster Recovery passo a passo","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"7d2c1f59dad0ff2e167d3b5e9550c36d23cf385b","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Explicações e definições dos conceitos-chave de Disaster Recovery: o que é, a Réplica, o failover e failback, e os Simulacro.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"e00ed561204b1b2062c28b2caf2e08d12e87768d","title":"O que é Disaster Recovery?","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Uma Réplica completa da sua subscrição de Servidores ou Desktop Remoto noutra zona, pronta para ativar se o ambiente principal falhar","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d12b244fb8910acce30d80aad59f66226184fe6f","title":"A Réplica","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/the-replica","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que a Réplica mantém, com que frequência é atualizada, quantos pontos conserva e o que pode deixar de fora","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"446a54c11cc34829c55f0ec892fa6ab2aaadcbaa","title":"Failover e failback","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/failover-and-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como transfere os serviços para o Recovery site quando necessário e como regressa ao ambiente original sem perder o trabalho realizado","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"316ea6013518b47501631d0c73a4be89342c1fec","title":"Simulacro","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/drills","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como testa o plano de recuperação sem afetar a produção e que evidência lhe deixa.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"05f88afb092afaea22bed9964baec65a473271a1","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Disaster Recovery, agrupados por bloco e explicados em tabelas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"8634ee33075541b59b0c96a99ea9bf7460040845","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para configurar, testar e operar o seu plano de recuperação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"f92159a492004cc0f2a802837e660a6d00cb3154","title":"Como executar um failover em Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Ative o site de reserva quando o principal falhar: execute o failover, escolha o Ponto de restauro e transfira a operação para o Recovery site.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b45311a972cae8508e0efe4bf06f5216bfc11d93","title":"Como configurar a frequência e o número de cópias da Réplica em Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-configure-replica-frequency-and-copies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Ajuste a política de Replicação da sua subscrição de Disaster Recovery: com que frequência é replicada, quantos Pontos de restauro guarda e o tipo de comutação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"48b1aeb47f6a47b957f5f111595faa7b3a0e736d","title":"Como fazer failback de um Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-perform-a-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Devolva a operação à subscrição original após um failover e escolha o tipo de failback adequado ao seu cenário: conservar alterações, regressar rapidamente ou reconfigurar a Réplica.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"050112b3160d9b2b893f88388914679ad47c293b","title":"Como realizar um Simulacro (Drill) de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-drill","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Valide que o seu processo de recuperação funciona iniciando um drill, sem ativar um desastre real nem interromper a produção","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"d69c32a6b57306180885be4869eb8c5a825c9bef","title":"Como apagar uma Subscrição de Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-delete-a-disaster-recovery-subscription","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Elimine uma subscrição de Disaster Recovery por ordem: pare a Réplica, elimine o plano e confirme a eliminação do serviço.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"8a38d8ec2b3bff5e967b31ecb451a4eb1870db1a","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Disaster Recovery: o que é e como difere da cópia de segurança, a Réplica, failover e failback, e Simulacro.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"0a781bd2e369ecaf5ae7680c53eae2b735a4d3be","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Informação detalhada de Disaster Recovery: o plano, os parâmetros de Replicação, o que é replicado e os requisitos e limites.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"21732df722b84b8df725e092dbbb93073a3ada49","title":"Planos e blocos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/servicios-cloud-disaster-recovery-el-plan","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"921f8552c8a7f710592c5f79bbf57f6288851ecc","title":"Parâmetros de Replicação","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/replication-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Frequência, hora de Início, Pontos de restauro e modo de comutação que define num plano.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"e546e46f0350ebea465f45a0056758354e6b742e","title":"O que é replicado","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/what-gets-replicated","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os elementos do ambiente que o Disaster Recovery replica e o que pode deixar fora do plano","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"137db80c000779ed89104302e51d01931f27a48f","title":"Requisitos e limites","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/requirements-and-limits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Condições da origem, compatibilidade e limitações a ter em conta antes de ativar um plano","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"c0943f133416f4ba0dfe2a475a26604b1c7fd982","title":"Armazenamento de Arquivos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O servidor de ficheiros da empresa na Cloud, com permissões por utilizador, cópias de segurança incluídas e dados na Europa.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"5d529a67a200f5e289448c8e9837d84430a4beb9","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Crie o serviço, defina a Quota e associe os utilizadores, em três passos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"}]},{"id":"ccce83ab9babb2f28f1e053ed53034c7060fc7a3","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Explicações e definições dos conceitos-chave de Armazenamento de Arquivos: o que é, a estrutura, as Permissões, o acesso e a Quota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"}]},{"id":"65365476dbde9cbbfc6e998ac6b624ab2df2ba9f","title":"O que é Armazenamento de Arquivos?","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O servidor de ficheiros da empresa na cloud: pastas, permissões e acesso a partir de qualquer lugar, com cópias de segurança incluídas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d56bd68ef28fc457e996ce1150fa0a779c1ac3d1","title":"Estrutura de pastas","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/folder-structure","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como organizas as pastas da empresa de forma centralizada e por que é a base das permissões.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"489cb40d4f56f9cde9c12c4a8ad0c7a464a7d548","title":"Utilizadores, grupos e permissões","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/users-groups-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como dás acesso por utilizador e grupo, e como as permissões granulares com herança mantêm a informação controlada","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"e0b888c2431d04367520427c514353c666b54e7d","title":"Acesso e partilha","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/access-and-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As vias para chegar aos ficheiros (web, unidade local e Desktop Remoto) e como partilhar com terceiros de forma segura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"e5821ebd25b07c3575be2f6f839bbd2be2d595c9","title":"Quota e cópias de segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/quota-and-backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Duas coisas que, no armazenamento de consumo, costumam ser um problema, aqui vêm resolvidas: o controlo do espaço e a proteção dos dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"cfd3ace94cbd10f5db5866eba9daeb47e1a3caf1","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Armazenamento de Arquivos, agrupados por tema e explicados em tabelas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"81a65279d048ff95951766ccc58a446a54175daf","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para montar, dar acesso e administrar o teu armazenamento de ficheiros.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"}]},{"id":"aea68f74753423ba56c3f11491a4afa19239f499","title":"Como Aceder a SMB a partir de sistemas GNU/Linux","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-access-smb-from-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Conecta o teu Armazenamento de Arquivos a partir de um sistema GNU/Linux com os dados SMB do utilizador, montando o recurso a partir da terminal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"0bb6c842db52adfb6b56e72c318f7d8c1663e945","title":"Como Definir Permissões no teu Ambiente de Armazenamento de Arquivos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-set-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Configura permissões sobre pastas para que cada utilizador ou grupo aceda apenas ao conteúdo que lhe corresponde.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b2f16b5e6b8ed1855e7be84d8b2abdbd4ddbf3c2","title":"Como Integrar Armazenamento de Arquivos no teu Desktop Remoto","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-file-storage-with-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descobre a forma de integrar o serviço de Armazenamento de Arquivos no ambiente de Desktop Remoto de qualquer utilizador em 2 passos","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"bf347d700c500cc65ac6e8278c0440f249402723","title":"Como Estruturar as tuas Pastas no Windows","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-structure-folders-in-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descobre como uma empresa pode estabelecer uma estrutura de pastas básica no seu ambiente de Armazenamento de Arquivos em poucos passos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"52918bf21435069abee22cf23d896ec4ee44c60d","title":"Como Mapear uma Unidade de Rede com net use no Windows","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-map-a-drive-with-net-use","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descobre como criar uma unidade mapeada através de “net use” dentro de um servidor Windows para poder ligar-te ao Armazenamento de Arquivos dentro da Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"25b5bc7a49944b7a57d8c8b955f83e247bded708","title":"Como Gerir Grupos de Utilizadores no Armazenamento de Arquivos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-manage-user-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Aprende como definir grupos de utilizadores no ambiente de Armazenamento de Arquivos da Plenit em dois passos: criar grupo e associar utilizadores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"5df34f3519787f6654b4984f1206effce1fae0c7","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Armazenamento de Arquivos: o que é, estrutura e permissões, acesso e partilha, e quota e marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"}]},{"id":"2b48339c0f4d68387afacd17a5ca969b54154af4","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Informação detalhada de Armazenamento de Arquivos: a subscrição e a quota, as permissões, o acesso, a partilha, a personalização e as cópias de segurança.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"}]},{"id":"95c38dd71efb9b77c127b7da68d40830f02316fa","title":"Subscrição e quota","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/subscription-and-quota","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A subscrição do serviço, as gamas de quota até 10 TB, os avisos de consumo e as notificações.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"1b95212fa69d576d2c67a6ed5b30ed91f7c6f436","title":"Permissões","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Níveis de permissão, herança e espaços pessoais e partilhados, como referência rápida.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"69f5d082c4544a3162d531b2adff97f513791ab2","title":"Acesso","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Acesso web, integração como unidade local por SMB no Windows e Linux, e comandos de referência.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"e1b33971d8aaed3846ce0b5b9211c7724c87620b","title":"Partilha externa","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/external-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Links para partilhar ficheiros e pastas com terceiros, com palavra-passe e data de validade","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"9c701fed80cd9ccb7776dd36e8fdbb65c7aa9076","title":"Personalização","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Marca branca do serviço: domínio, logótipo, cores, favicon e certificado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"28af67ddca6e13b5c60b5e0672a1442358e496d4","title":"Cópias de segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/file-storage/details/backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A política de retenção das cópias incluídas e como se restaura.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Arquivos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"a61c8f75a708b4bf0444b3e7920d853696bc4e5a","title":"Armazenamento de Objetos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Repositório de alta capacidade compatível com S3 para cópias de segurança, dados de aplicações e grandes volumes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"}]},{"id":"af6ca7eb813d04a2f6d091318df3e9af1b209b12","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Cria o repositório com a sua quota e atribui-lhe um utilizador proprietário, em dois passos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"f152600d4ee93fa2f79c04c1ef7170d2ec5acc17","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Explicações e definições dos conceitos-chave de Armazenamento de Objetos: o que é, buckets e objetos, o acesso S3 e a resiliência e segurança.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"103ff94727470d95639832135f26d0cab494ffbd","title":"O que é Armazenamento de Objetos?","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Armazenamento compatível com S3 para grandes volumes de dados: cópia de segurança, arquivo, dados de aplicações e logs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"8ca06de18e1e61b969ec55bce7887c3c9cf50cc8","title":"Buckets e objetos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts/buckets-and-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como o repositório é organizado, o que é um objeto, e como o versionamento e a imutabilidade protegem os teus dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"e8a14b42591a51b8afc06963ac1ebae288af76ff","title":"Acesso S3: utilizadores e credenciais","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts/s3-access-users-and-credentials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"3cf60bdb405ab200929b7f38a8abb58661b6e6da","title":"Resiliência e segurança","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts/resilience-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A tripla réplica, a cópia noutra localização, a encriptação e a conformidade que protegem os teus dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"78c8d6844d35f88b5af65e7ea6edf610a68fe5e4","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Armazenamento de Objetos, agrupados por tema e explicados em tabelas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d3fcc056116e0f7f7c26921582d346d64669dc44","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Guias passo a passo para ligar clientes S3, proteger o teu NAS e gerir cópias.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"bf99543e6fbdbefdfbdfb181c16d96f76644bb4f","title":"Como Configurar uma Cópia de Segurança Manual do teu QNAP para Armazenamento de Objetos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-configure-a-manual-qnap-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descobre como configurar uma cópia de segurança do teu QNAP para um Armazenamento de Objetos da Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"b9b1c4725f9389ec3593a932c7e109a043459fe2","title":"Como Recuperar de uma Cópia de Segurança de Armazenamento de Objetos para QNAP","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-restore-an-object-storage-backup-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"e91cf850b0171f59818f7c5b15928ee7c8f118f2","title":"Como Fazer uma Cópia de Segurança de QNAP para o Armazenamento de Objetos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-back-up-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Este tutorial foi realizado utilizando um QNAP TS-x73A, portanto é possível que, se usares um modelo diferente, existam pequenas variações.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"8f3a6ed533032c9a4248ddf8eff44b3c271a23e6","title":"Como Integrar o Armazenamento de Objetos com um Cliente S3","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-with-an-s3-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Revê como integrar o Armazenamento de Objetos da Jotelulu com um cliente S3 em dois passos","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"d7e91e5326ede53b201182bacd05a5a654a43d2f","title":"Como Mapear de um Armazenamento de Objetos para QNAP","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-map-object-storage-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descobre como mapear Armazenamento de Objetos da Plenit para QNAP para realizar uma cópia local dos teus dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"6fff1a36391ada3cd51da5008df812f99c6e5bef","title":"Como Fazer uma Cópia Sincronizada de um caminho de QNAP para o Armazenamento de Objetos","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-sync-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Continua a ler e descobre como fazer uma cópia sincronizada de um caminho de QNAP para o Armazenamento de Objetos da Plenit.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"baa0252f505ef9e975e2f854ceed6efc07a15a7a","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Armazenamento de Objetos: o que é, buckets e objetos, acesso S3 e clientes, e proteção dos dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"e9e1971f79644dbbc08c8db274862cb54203423c","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Informação detalhada de Armazenamento de Objetos: quota e regiões, o painel, utilizadores e permissões, credenciais S3, clientes compatíveis, versionamento e encriptação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"}]},{"id":"524b901fad96046a89a51ed917a90ed5af81d615","title":"Quota e Regiões","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/quota-and-regions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A quota é o espaço que reservas no repositório, e a região é onde fica alojado. Ambas as defines ao ativar o serviço e condicionam capacidade e localização dos dados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5cf5530fb1127539ab325ad5d9296f87b4828a6f","title":"O Repositório no Painel","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/in-the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O resumo de consumo e o navegador de objetos para operar sem cliente S3.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"c4511a0d545cb88a3f88557fb0b54760c9365e63","title":"Utilizadores e Permissões","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/users-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Como geres os utilizadores S3 do repositório e as permissões sobre os objetos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"7ae23d31543e35c58092460facd541047e37b7ef","title":"Credenciais e acesso S3","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/credentials-and-s3-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os dados de ligação, onde obténs as chaves e os comandos com AWS CLI, s3cmd e rclone.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"da8a5fc83d9ae2a9453e0f7658412e359d4b201c","title":"Clientes compatíveis","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/compatible-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O software de cópia de segurança, os NAS e os clientes S3 que se ligam ao repositório.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"5000b6de1946cc572f21951af9a262bbee15700a","title":"Versionamento e imutabilidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/versioning-and-immutability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O versionamento, a imutabilidade e a eliminação automática, como referência.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"07013428394f4118900a38d9b3e9a5017a3fc723","title":"Resiliência, encriptação e conformidade","pathname":"/docs-pt/productos/object-storage/details/encryption-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A tripla réplica, a encriptação e as certificações do serviço.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Produtos"},{"label":"Armazenamento de Objetos"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"ccf632311b632bb8e6f149e2ba3be189eca72494","title":"Go-To-Market","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A tua operação comercial na Plenit num relance: orçamentos, faturação de clientes, tarifas e a personalização dos teus recursos."},{"id":"38f0507327c3fe92a97ea6144ee4076a3849ca06","title":"Início rápido","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Põe em marcha a tua operação comercial em Go to Market: cria uma tarifa com as tuas margens e gera o teu primeiro orçamento para um cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"94215cd1f24282b29a68e68c16eea891b37eade0","title":"Conceitos","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"As ideias-chave da tua operação comercial: o que são os orçamentos, a faturação de clientes, as tarifas e a personalização de recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"1cf730d999030305e7be4125a5ba369d1310260e","title":"O que é Go to Market","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Go to Market é a tua área comercial na Plenit: define preços, prepara orçamentos, revê o que facturas aos teus clientes e usa materiais prontos para vender.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"2bec6d551bf1ddc3a7561e7abd3c256b0aa55080","title":"Tarifas","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/rate-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Percebe como funcionam as tarifas na Plenit: a diferença entre o teu custo e o preço ao cliente, os três níveis de margem e a tarifa recomendada.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"384179e0a7f452eb1f109077fe211f06a082d686","title":"Orçamentos","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que é um orçamento na Plenit: como reúne serviços dimensionados, mostra o teu custo e o preço ao cliente, os seus estados e os documentos que gera.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"fe06f4bd1206e0c20486cc06b59d59149f323589","title":"Faturação de clientes","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/customer-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que é a faturação de clientes na Plenit: a vista de consulta das notas de entrega derivadas da utilização dos teus clientes, com o seu detalhe e download.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"d45298419a7f4944b85112ac3083e2cec72c2554","title":"Documentação","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/documentation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"O que é o centro de Documentação da Plenit: o repositório de materiais comerciais, contratos e modelos, muitos personalizáveis com a tua marca.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"52435329d4467fbab95e646d1e714a0da674b856","title":"Glossário","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os termos de Go to Market, explicados numa tabela.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Conceitos"}]},{"id":"00e8cc5df54f6b9295183abe40f97ace79d579c9","title":"Como fazer","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os guias passo a passo da tua operação comercial: cria orçamentos, fatura os teus clientes, define tarifas e personaliza os teus recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"200556302142ea1f901bf6e6e0818aca0e9bf59e","title":"Como Criar uma Tarifa","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-a-rate-card","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Define as tuas margens (geral, por serviço ou por artigo) e o teu período de faturação.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"69d576e9b98d1f9cd25f78eed19533faf889c95c","title":"Como Gerar um Orçamento","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-quote","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Cria a oferta com o assistente e ajusta a margem no ecrã de revisão.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"d7d22ecc65a9597fa206695de5bc39f3324257a4","title":"Como Gerir os teus Orçamentos","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-manage-your-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Edita, descarrega, pré-visualiza, clona ou atualiza a tarifa de um orçamento.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"e338d06d3f7fb84540993af7a20521aa4ae30248","title":"Como Faturar os teus Clientes","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-bill-your-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Consulta as notas de entrega da utilização dos teus clientes e descarrega-as em PDF ou CSV.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"432c94e35c63fb5ca0016a5f73ca5ade3c7dfc38","title":"Como Gerar um Contrato","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-contract","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Cria um contrato de prestação de serviços personalizado com os teus dados e os do teu cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"12a497f54368c1e403cb24b428ca3824cf922fdb","title":"Como criar uma campanha de email marketing com Mailchimp","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-an-email-campaign-with-mailchimp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Descarrega um modelo de newsletter com a tua marca e lança-o aos teus clientes com Mailchimp.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Como fazer"}]},{"id":"ebe2ac8246a8ba9579c5258447dfede8c0f5b7f2","title":"Perguntas frequentes","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Perguntas frequentes sobre Go to Market: o modelo de preços, as tarifas, os orçamentos, a faturação de clientes e a documentação comercial.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"d6364414b4451b1c2c84707095c9f3fe6b12f611","title":"Detalhes","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"A referência da tua operação comercial: os campos, os estados e as opções de orçamentos, faturação de clientes, tarifas e recursos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"6e73a1fa68738b9f79a75d43a88b7979e2935504","title":"Parâmetros das Tarifas","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/details/rate-card-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Referência dos campos de uma tarifa na Plenit: cabeçalho, níveis de margem e colunas de cada linha de serviço.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"f6d6fd8025c28796ed4d79f57c38a089836e0482","title":"Detalhe da Faturação","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/details/billing-detail","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Referência da faturação de clientes na Plenit: colunas da lista de notas de entrega, conteúdo da nota de entrega e opções de download.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"45bdbde303ccfd86440ab647f1df7c8dffe49dc4","title":"Campos dos Orçamentos","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/details/quote-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"7207cd8ff76d7aada8d260356525e55ef9c5ea6f","title":"Catálogo de Documentação","pathname":"/docs-pt/go-to-market/details/documentation-catalog","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Referência do centro de Documentação da Plenit: categorias disponíveis, tipos de material e comportamento de cada cartão.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Detalhes"}]},{"id":"36d4bd3e48862bf6add1c2f85b27a981ae68e3bd","title":"Suporte","pathname":"/docs-pt/support","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Toda a ajuda num só lugar: abre tickets, acompanha os teus casos e contacta a nossa equipa a partir do painel ou do WhatsApp."},{"id":"baf5faa16013c55fdfd8abcc3d2662adf3313a1f","title":"Contacto","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/contact","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Os canais para contactar a nossa equipa de suporte e como escolher cada um.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"}]},{"id":"cb001f56c2ca2b134eee21e61803b4b6e8fe15a4","title":"Tickets","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tickets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Cria, acompanha e fecha as tuas incidências e pedidos a partir do painel, sem depender do email.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"}]},{"id":"18842b8c92b3ef5f40db5375145eb56b387937fd","title":"WhatsApp","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/whatsapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"Autoriza os números da tua equipa para criar e acompanhar tickets a partir do WhatsApp com Partner Success.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"}]},{"id":"b59136792acb37bd1771a749abdfc9a718c69c51","title":"Tutoriais","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"}]},{"id":"9c0a0639f2e013b67569a9c0a2d2be7bf9f9ba3f","title":"Linux","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"}]},{"id":"5fd8be71c02536d2f1938d0c9b7627da8daca88e","title":"Como montar um Docker na Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-docker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"59c8b281e47d4f4b52c94975d08b94a3dcef10a6","title":"Como montar um ambiente de Kubernetes na Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-kubernetes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"8d11d2bc678e8fc79adcbe28a5c7c95b39fb03b4","title":"Como saber se o teu servidor é BIOS ou UEFI no GNU/Linux - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-check-bios-or-uefi-on-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"6273c401ad2536c3617c4705519a7f5d8cbacb33","title":"Windows","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"}]},{"id":"bbd9885f9e0866dfe46bbaf66319fab29bf3a859","title":"Como atualizar Windows Server 2008 para Windows Server 2019","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/como-atualizar-windows-server-2008-para-windows-server-2019","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"bb45786cd8a8bb9fc324ddcf99222c890540ec63","title":"Como aceder a SMB a partir de sistemas Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-access-smb-from-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"54a5b3226c4e46e5d4a9dc1686fefbc9c8bf4349","title":"Como configurar o Bitlocker no teu cliente Windows","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-configure-bitlocker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"66b465b534cfbc6d6899234adec6aa54cad72998","title":"Como converter discos UEFI para BIOS no teu servidor Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-convert-uefi-disks-to-bios","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"4b7b5601952d7d99c32267fc06bb949a1cc751dc","title":"Como implementar um disco distribuído (Spanned Volume) no Windows Server 2022","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-create-a-spanned-volume-windows-server-2022","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"4f6e278e79a185d9d956ed4e679ab0b12a0a2041","title":"Como fazer cópias de segurança das GPO","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-back-up-gpos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"3a55d7ad93489948fadef0db5ffa4cd45e1c671f","title":"Como instalar o Sage 50 num servidor Windows - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-install-sage-50","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"6f6c09d9e5f7f3eb11dc85b811adad50078997e4","title":"Como recuperar a palavra-passe de Administrador no Windows","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-recover-the-administrator-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"18453781994063b5c8ec2083f1d42449f8ccf661","title":"Configuração básica de TSprint","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/tsprint-basic-configuration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"6548d3f59d02a758753bdca1e843d6530e87cb52","title":"Como instalar e configurar um servidor FTP no Windows através de PowerShell","pathname":"/docs-pt/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-set-up-an-ftp-server-with-powershell","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_HA4Mx","lang":"pt","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Suporte"},{"label":"Tutoriais"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"04787ed2207d73acc2d71c7cd774fd798ca0dd6c","title":"Getting Started","pathname":"/docs-en","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Everything you need to deploy, automate, and scale with the platform. Product guides, API reference, and technical reference."},{"id":"32f8c49ceced2d0dc7ffe5eedede513fede2356c","title":"Platform","pathname":"/docs-en/platform","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The foundation of your Plenit operation at a glance: your account, your customers' organizations, and your billing."},{"id":"be2b2cbe3538d0ec5aebf902343a2a0ca6aadfcb","title":"Accounts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Your personal identity in Plenit: one user, multiple organizations, and your global view of everything that belongs to you.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"}]},{"id":"cb921c1900038c676e1e4191c12ddb60301accf2","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Learn the three levels of the panel, complete your profile, and secure your account.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"}]},{"id":"d08d789bc11838434456910b274e26c43d4103bc","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The key ideas of your account: what your account is versus an organization, your profile, how the panel is organized, and how your resources are separated from your customers'.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"}]},{"id":"223456e0c78a277c8e803c671bf15514ed92873f","title":"My Profile","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts/my-profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The personal face of your account: your data, your security, your organizations, and your activity, in four tabs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"cc76b128de4f3b4db32b804f319169bc65cb39af","title":"Account and Organization","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts/account-and-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What your account is, what an organization is, and why the same user belongs to several with a different role in each one.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9cfbc508eb6d77149d0968ad290314c7e22d5368","title":"How the Panel is Organized","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts/the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The three levels of the menu and the difference between your global view and that of a single organization.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6962a8e675b545fd7b2f0980a1ce3ed5a7014efc","title":"Your Resources and Your Customers'","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts/resources-and-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Why several Home screens separate what belongs to your organization from what belongs to your customers in two tabs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"e8c713efa38383d0ea3baab53e4561e3a9d3614a","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms that appear most often in the Account documentation, with a brief definition.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"a64fde45ec1da895507bedb0feff50019ec7be74","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides for tasks in your account: your profile, your security, your team, and your activity.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"}]},{"id":"c574b803fd803df5c107925d9edce7419cc81f3c","title":"How to Add Users","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-add-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Add users to your organization, one by one or in bulk, with their details, password, and security.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"de6b4642b2104b86bcb7591abb2569cf57170b81","title":"How to Manage Your Users","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Edit your users, enable or disable them, and delete them from Home > Users.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"4e62cd3907fb47ecb307fcfbcd9464998dd46d67","title":"How to Assign Permissions to a User","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-assign-user-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Control what each user can access: the panel, the organization's sections, and subscriptions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"bc8009f21f788a5d012303624c5778654485136a","title":"How to Create and Manage Your Subscriptions","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-manage-subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create, edit, update, and delete subscriptions from Home > Subscriptions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"df0e2ea70371f687246d7466263f7aec6777cc8d","title":"How to View and Export Your Events","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-view-and-export-events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Review your account's event log, narrow it down with filters, and export it whenever you need to.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"ed4832d6cfaeb7f122114ac93b316208df40428b","title":"How to Configure Your Security Emails","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/how-to/how-to-configure-security-emails","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Add backup email addresses to recover access to your account and receive security alerts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"72cf070ca90d27d4da42fb02f651263aaac4fc41","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Quick answers to the most common questions about your account","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"}]},{"id":"c874891025c715ded4b99c8f4652e8dab91f0fe1","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The Account reference guide: fields, columns, and statuses. Children: profile-fields · security · events · lists","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"}]},{"id":"283d868ce78b455bdda0133358010c3296f04610","title":"My Profile Fields","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/details/profile-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Reference for the fields in the Profile tab: what each one is and whether it is editable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"963a117dbd470c930de202cd7081631c8a6cd32f","title":"Security","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/details/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Reference for the three Security sections: change password, security emails, and delete user.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"818e83c8722d4fd2c1bb39b7ef4ee4aa184d986a","title":"Events","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/details/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The columns in the event log in its two views and the session statuses.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"ee8f612bcabfb63e995e107f48c6730b96cfab8e","title":"List Columns","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/accounts/details/lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Shows each column in the Organizations, Subscriptions, and Users lists.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Accounts"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"c1f045cac1f8ae5b6f18e53707cc4e8579b6e026","title":"Organizations","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create, configure, and manage the organizations you serve, move between them, and work with each one's panel.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"}]},{"id":"c6279fbc14ab59b89dffcbd476f3f603fa7ea826","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"From zero to operational: understand the panel (Home and the Organization level), create the organization, brand it, and add its users with their permissions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"}]},{"id":"2623f4b1843537f21b585c11d1965f0c54b88543","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The key ideas of organizations: what an organization is, the six sections of its panel, and how the end customer sees your brand.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"}]},{"id":"2e27f1b4728400d35bc29382760156d411b95a5e","title":"What is an Organization","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"An organization is a customer's workspace: their subscriptions, users, contacts, billing, and branding.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"842d017e0580eeda278fc7143d13c48c1d3fef10","title":"The Organization Panel","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/concepts/the-organization-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The six sections of an organization's panel and how to enter and work in it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9314b6522025a31a563d739d2547af6428bb72d9","title":"The End Customer and the Partner Brand","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/concepts/end-client-and-brand","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Each organization is an end customer that sees your brand, not Plenit's, on its two surfaces.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c9506d242d003b1d4775a27816a61abb84bd559f","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides for working with your customer organizations: creating them, managing them, controlling access, and branding them.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"}]},{"id":"1baa7c0d531cf0829d6f3d26296cf01bac6fdb70","title":"How to Create an Organization","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-create-an-organization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Add a customer organization with its details, ready to start working with it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"cf3ec0d6762d33ac4bbc68cfe5f5e337a626198c","title":"How to Manage Your Organizations","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-your-organizations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Edit, enter, lock, or delete your organizations, and move between them.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"e775861a6442902925c8677cfb5338dec798fae2","title":"How to Customize the User Portal and the Administration Panel","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-customize-the-user-portal-and-admin-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Apply your branding to the two surfaces the end customer sees and configure email with your identity.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"19bb6a377476cdaa0a822b5cecf75089f3672b05","title":"How to Manage an Organization's Contacts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/how-to/how-to-manage-organization-contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Define who the main contact is, who the operations contacts are, and which email addresses invoices are sent to.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"1036b9683395dbd6bf52bff96e7075fd1003fd1e","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Quick answers to the most common questions about your organizations","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"}]},{"id":"850a9d601f575c3d99356e173819c3689c9a7068","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The reference guide for organizations: the list and the six sections of an organization's panel, field by field.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"}]},{"id":"e80859fd65e369a71c34b505790d39b20323ac37","title":"Profile","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/profile","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The reference guide for an organization's data and configuration, field by field.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"53221abb7d1e0a4753ab455f640667ba1b875957","title":"Organizations List","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What each column in the list shows and what each menu action does.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"cda1c7de05c1a82bbd8233aee869e53a6f553ab0","title":"Subscriptions","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/subscriptions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The two states of the section: the catalog to deploy and the cards of active subscriptions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"276c8c8d9ae7987bfc051d9508c0e93c59bf370c","title":"Users","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The list, form, and permissions screen for an organization's users.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"cd2cd78f72627546d321783d225a27ef095360f3","title":"Contacts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/contacts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The contact types in an organization and what each one stores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"405f2db8f8588f50432762f683563d218eaa335f","title":"Customization","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The fields for the two branding surfaces and the email configuration.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"4761301c55dcbb8fd71a7c2a63c15244f6c10cff","title":"Events","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/organizations/detalles/events","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The organization's activity log. Same structure as your account log; detailed only once.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Organizations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"6c1c9fce86442ccf877aadfb213f32f9c5c87a64","title":"Billing","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What we bill you, the partner: your usage, your invoices, and your payment methods.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"}]},{"id":"774841a7094b5551dc3b6dec36f2f1226631dc38","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"In a few minutes: set up your payment method and learn where to see your usage and invoices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"}]},{"id":"601e1f64c0da59ad93256c33afce0a9228aff6a3","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The key ideas of your billing: how we bill you as a partner, the billing cycle and modes, and invoice statuses and non-payments.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"}]},{"id":"70072394a1e6c1246ebaab8b0c1ea3932d9c7194","title":"How We Bill You","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/concepts/how-we-bill-you","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Plenit bills you, the partner, based on the actual usage of your subscriptions and services.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"bdd497ce2720a20cb653682abbc97729873191e0","title":"Billing Cycle and Modes","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/concepts/cycle-and-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Billing is monthly, based on the usage for the period, and can be grouped in several ways.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c231069dced3d92a3d1868845ba6cd4a1f022b7e","title":"Statuses and Unpaid Invoices","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/concepts/statuses-and-unpaid","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What statuses an invoice can have and what happens if one remains unpaid.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"afbaff66d6ff22fe1746f9e9e98b8ab28bcf9ce9","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms of your billing with Plenit, defined in a table.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"fa6138a5e94a87266fe772e15137fa2f23b90ec5","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to review your usage, download your invoices, and configure your payment method.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"}]},{"id":"eb9b6872a141e0924e0a3efcf666acde243253f1","title":"How to View Your Usage","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-check-your-usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Review what you consume in the period in Usage, with its total, service breakdown, and trend.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"9fc1f5ee0ef3405294c0d120d04de3f7a1274beb","title":"How to Download Your Invoices","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-download-your-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Download a single invoice or a batch by date range, in PDF and XML.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"825dd800d6c6f0771a823ceca08444800ed2dc7f","title":"How to Add or Change Your Payment Method","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/how-to/how-to-add-or-change-payment-method","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Set up a credit card or SEPA direct debit, or change the active method.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"52c3c0f4452d5c8cb1af371f920368c0413fccc7","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Common questions about your billing with Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"}]},{"id":"dbeb856da93315010c4ee43d7d63d7a2ad06836e","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The reference guide for billing screens: Usage and its tabs, the invoice, and Payment Methods.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"}]},{"id":"fc0f0407578383ca5b94ef162cef8d5e9db41186","title":"Usage","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/details/usage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The screen where you see your usage, subscriptions, and invoices, organized into three tabs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"86814715cc0716a6c5f13526ab5eaae2258c1a17","title":"The Invoice","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/details/the-invoice","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What the document we issue contains and how to download it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"5231a44ab53d734e9cfd9f1b3b436342161744a7","title":"Payment Methods","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/billing/details/payment-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How we charge you: credit card or SEPA direct debit, and how to change the active method.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Billing"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"c234863a80721062bad19386b45ca66b6bc43558","title":"Security","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"}]},{"id":"f7ee68b176dcdc783c603e9407d9071b6a0f9710","title":"Enable 2FA for Access","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/security/how-to-enable-2fa-for-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Security"}]},{"id":"4c53c07e83044d719396d18b1bf652d2bc683de6","title":"How to Recover My 2FA Code","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/security/how-to-recover-my-2fa-code","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Security"}]},{"id":"bcb22dc532c4d2633053d9a9bb3696b78b8177fe","title":"How to Manage Authority Requests Under the GDPR","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/security/how-to-handle-gdpr-authority-requests","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"},{"label":"Security"}]},{"id":"af0b5ac7035c167741d67337d86ff08a8158156d","title":"Release Notes","pathname":"/docs-en/platform/release-notes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What's changing in Plenit: what we launch, improve, fix, and remove, ordered by date.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Platform"}]},{"id":"f98ad37fafd3d2e651c39ea9107d76c2eec0dc1b","title":"Products","pathname":"/docs-en/productos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en"},{"id":"856e2d11e447becfccc7303d7f0458e8cbae8590","title":"Servers","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Windows and Linux virtual machines that you deploy, scale, and manage on our infrastructure, ready in minutes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"de9286f02e7293f0c234fd18fe340d80ca1ad230","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"In a few minutes you'll have a server running on our infrastructure, ready to start working.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"}]},{"id":"0a40a4367114a1485b96376b0d2455d667a24ce1","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Understand how a Plenit server works and decide how to set it up for each customer","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"}]},{"id":"c476c8e75f76be92c8b08510c217f22e2a568a86","title":"What is a Server?","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"A Windows or Linux virtual machine that you deploy, scale, and manage from the panel, on our infrastructure","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"615021d34d9e637f6e5c50fc10d6470aea469f04","title":"Size Your Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/size-cpu-ram-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Choose CPU, RAM, and disk according to your customer's workload. Start right-sized and scale on the fly as it grows","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d8171d9f0bb58450b641a10a25765df9c77e492b","title":"Images and Applications","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/images-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The starting point for your server: the operating system and, if you want, ready-made software. Choose a distribution, your own image, an ISO, or the Marketplace","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"cd53015c45e59bcd78a41bcf490b47af54264b45","title":"Server Networks","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you connect your servers to each other, to the customer's office, and to the internet. Four network types, depending on how much control you need","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"14d983752df7e4b47625867d8172166210a1843b","title":"Remote Access","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/remote-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you connect to your server to administer it: Remote Desktop on Windows, SSH on Linux, and the panel's web console, always at hand","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1d80c4d5dfbad725e0651bc1301f214a9a9e2122","title":"Backup and Data Protection","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Backups are included with every server. They are your safety net: if something goes wrong, you restore","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"88c6a80d5643afb75408d27ff23ba1e8dc083375","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms that appear in Server concepts","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"cdb8b04f877d7126347972bb778d4f1c7078e4a7","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to deploy, connect, secure, and operate your servers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"}]},{"id":"4efcfee98236e60052c77e22eaf5880f4a7c6604","title":"How to Create a VPC and Associate a TIER in Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-vpc-and-associate-a-tier","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6ffd2f2910e44474a4556391b2141bd0e16e79b9","title":"How to Resize a Plenit Disk","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-resize-a-disk","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"c35acafd8eb8895f099ae06fc385b6419aeba214","title":"How to Take a Snapshot of a Server and Restore It Later","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-snapshot-and-restore-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"4240b8d0dcd222290b8b8d906be8139cec3f56d0","title":"How to Configure an SSH Key on a New Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-new-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"204a9b5ddb57d3e5bf41f2fd128d1ee2a43f2cf9","title":"How to Configure an SSH Key on an Existing Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-an-ssh-key-existing-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"5f6b7809f8265a53c0a2f3051d4308557eb846d7","title":"How to Back Up a Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-back-up-a-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"683ae88cbdf668ab7e7719dc26d9121c3f78e0a4","title":"How to Restore a Disk Backup","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-restore-a-disk-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"2d04f12463762ef30f50d7136c474d7284329abe","title":"How to Deploy a Load Balancer","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"5b70f2d81ee7f9daa7a9040169028ea02ec95f5b","title":"How to Create a Site-to-Site VPN Tunnel","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-create-a-site-to-site-vpn-tunnel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6a05113c03954c5c8313d36b9ee7ede2b432f8dd","title":"New VPN Configuration Improvements: IKEV2 and Split Tunneling","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/ikev2-and-split-tunneling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"b6f6ddbbc12f1d25ae05274024704269e94c2a45","title":"How to Manage Your VPN Logs and Diagnose Issues","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/vpn-logs-and-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"89e5f8409ccc31cd4f41c8d4ed14c9e65883afbb","title":"How to Set Up a Remote Access VPN Connection","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-a-remote-access-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"e7b523a1a68b60f13940c7052d11e22f0ce2e402","title":"How to Configure WireGuard for Multiple VPN Connections from a Private Network","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-wireguard-for-multiple-vpn-connections","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"acecee9228f8535a9c5329aceed3cb9b2226109a","title":"How to Configure GeoIP to Block or Allow Countries on Your Servers","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-configure-geoip-to-block-or-allow-countries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"b7364a03c44c81fcd9bc3f430639c573078ba20a","title":"How to Deploy a 3CX Template on a Plenit Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-3cx-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6e5b60164d22b81472706c8c732917f508b4b45c","title":"How to Deploy a FortiGate VNF in the Cloud","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-fortigate-vnf","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"14589dc0f3cab26009dfb366c4ad572e3c68ea62","title":"How to Deploy a Pandora Template on a Plenit Server","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-pandora-template","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"b80c9b95128cb8d77b9d8c20ebd5586eee3fbf16","title":"How to deploy servers across multiple availability zones","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-deploy-servers-across-multiple-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"f9ff9b64662b1c00f27f46e09558641777311ba5","title":"How to recover a server in another availability zone from a backup","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-recover-a-server-in-another-availability-zone-from-a-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"04a89525fb886b00fab04d733e89cbe94e58c725","title":"How to enable High Availability (HA) in the network between two availability zones","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/how-to/how-to-enable-high-availability-ha-in-the-network-between-two-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6862e3c759a7f50b70b2f46d9bbb5d832adf2d54","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about Servers: what they are and how they are billed, size and images, networks and security, and backups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"}]},{"id":"6528461386a9d06a1235a73a59d307ab00e49001","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The technical reference for Servers: features, operating systems, networks, backup, regions, certifications, and availability","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"}]},{"id":"abc8ecb31d8abce58b447691932d384858863a26","title":"Technical Features","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/technical-specs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The specifications of a Plenit server: compute, storage, hardware, virtualization, and physical network","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"6e9b2923ce314dab0e171cc7dfd6fe8c1920f50b","title":"Operating Systems and Applications","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/operating-systems-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The catalog of operating systems with their versions, preinstallable applications in Windows, and Marketplace appliances","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"ae207c0529406e33da6e322720355a7fe4974994","title":"Networks","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/networks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The specification matrix of the four network types, VPN protocols, firewall, VNF, and balancer","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"5ad42b2b461fcc12d42b5bdba83f2c6c50e60123","title":"Regions and Availability Zones","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/regions-and-availability-zones","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The regions, availability zones, and data centers where you host your servers","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"944e91af46fffa48ae495b24b3f6fff3fbc27ca5","title":"Certifications and Compliance","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/certifications-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The certifications and compliance frameworks of Plenit's infrastructure and what each one certifies.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"9ca728b57c8cb6212d7945bd6d20ac27264e8699","title":"Service Availability","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/servers/details/service-availability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The availability commitment of the Plenit infrastructure on which your servers run","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Servers"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"9e34637fff0391f7cc4612758223a9e6334a8951","title":"Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Your customer's desktop and applications in the cloud, accessible from anywhere and managed by you.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"8ee85da12622a3ab249989dee9112692ceb8a339","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"42f814de908bfdf6d101dbeef39084de1ac6cd94","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Explanations and definitions of the key Remote Desktop concepts","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"2dd20ddd7853454f13b411d60898bc345eb05076","title":"What is Remote Desktop?","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What a Remote Desktop environment is, how it fits into your customer's day-to-day, what you manage and what we manage, and how it is billed","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6655a5332d68d0c13b33e69e10327d0c4d3bc075","title":"Size Your Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/size-your-environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How the number of users, concurrency, and applications translate into environment resources, and when to move to a multi-server setup","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"4a1275112bcdcb4f2cb7b95fdfcea4d0e0b9f22e","title":"Connection Modes and Permissions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/connection-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What each user sees, how they connect to the environment (RemoteApp, HTML5, or direct RDP), and what permissions they have.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"f13fe20753a6a7b5d6f13f02e55a1007c228db5a","title":"Users and Applications","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/users-and-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Who you give access to in the environment and which applications you publish, and how each user is associated with the applications they use","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"9a2a967d29e314409f5dbc9a45fa121fec446c0f","title":"Access to the Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/environment-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How your users get in, how you protect that access with 2FA and VPN, and how printing works","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"a4b9ab73ac06c4adcabd76e9dda3c64a51aac81e","title":"Backup and Data Protection","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/backup-and-data-protection","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How the environment is protected with backups and how you recover data after a failure or deletion","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d71182f8ee3386b3ac7c212b9f73ba7b9d68a745","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Remote Desktop terms, grouped by section and explained in tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d864c127c399f6093e7bec521b4dfb2c8cb0fbc4","title":"How to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to set up, grant access, publish applications, and administer your remote desktop environment.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"f3340f46fd2f1b993f499613f1a8de2c2d07e556","title":"How to Access Your Remote Desktop (User Guide)","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/user-quickstart-guide","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Enter your Remote Desktop environment from the user portal and start working with your applications from any device.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"b6f07382d2e1858bc10625bf65c84a3bfe72ead7","title":"How to Administer Your Remote Desktop Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-administer-your-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Manage users, applications, licenses, and access from the Remote Desktop subscription in the panel.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"09fd4813ec4dc6f7213c10def2749875526eccc6","title":"Connect Remote Desktop via RDP/RemoteApp","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-via-rdp-remoteapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Set up a shortcut to the environment on the user's device with the RDP/RemoteApp Generator, so they can enter without going through the portal each time.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"869ac615815c7a6dd7f9ccd3cae6de2500a30f66","title":"How to Perform a Bulk User Upload in Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-bulk-upload-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Import multiple users at once with a CSV file and then assign them to the environment with the management wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"e4d8a20321ae1ff9c921e9f514a17879583f79aa","title":"How to Configure Ports in Your Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-configure-remote-desktop-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Expose the ports your applications need with a firewall inbound rule, and reduce the service's exposure.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"c7887b62b1c75938b4aeecb19521254dceb5eb73","title":"How to Associate a Remote Desktop User with an Existing Domain User","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-associate-an-rd-user-with-a-domain-user","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Link an environment user with an existing domain user to centralize management, from the user edit screen.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"614540f6f1d20f2b494f65b57e0ff4cd853d9160","title":"How to Deploy a Load Balancer in Multiserver Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-a-load-balancer-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Distribute connections across multiple servers in a multiserver environment by deploying the load balancer and linking the servers","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"29ffde841bc29be09072ac0d53fd4126b92321d6","title":"How to Connect to the Remote Desktop Environment via Site-to-Site VPN","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-connect-to-remote-desktop-via-site-to-site-vpn","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Connect the Remote Desktop server to the customer's office network through a VPN tunnel: add the VPC network card and the static route to the remote network.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"6b3270a6aa89701fd5e814fe4ecb0fddfe8e43f5","title":"How to Install and Publish an Application in Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-install-and-publish-an-application","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Install an application on the environment server, publish it in the panel with its paths, and assign access to the users who need to use it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"04b8da84dfb9f2da36d753268c068d546bb9a416","title":"How to Deploy Additional Servers in Your Remote Desktop Environment (Multiserver)","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-deploy-additional-servers-multiserver","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Learn how to deploy an additional server in your Plenit Remote Desktop environment (Multiserver), validate that it is operational, and review the next steps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"05f52752fd73c5853278c59811aa79117beaf788","title":"How to Manage Windows Update Updates on Remote Desktop Servers","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-windows-updates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Review, install, and schedule Windows updates on your Remote Desktop servers from the Updates section, without entering the server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"96f75b83b89bb346899606a518c33675048faf30","title":"How to Manage Your Printers with the Remote Desktop Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/how-to-manage-local-printers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Review, install, and schedule Windows updates on your Remote Desktop servers from the Updates section, without entering the server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"e9b7d36640d676dc32fd79318e4cbf208cfaaa9c","title":"Different Printing Modes in Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/printing-modes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Which printing mode (Universal Printer, TS Print, mapping, local printers) fits each connection mode to the environment.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"37615d2eb22495d059c448c51054e10cf426bb36","title":"How to Configure 2FA for Remote Desktop Users","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/how-to/como-configurar-2fa-a-los-usuarios-de-escritorio-remoto","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Enable two-factor authentication for a user from the panel and guide them through registering their authenticator app so they can access with a temporary code.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"933afeb4c265cfd8c33ebee442062e62112dda96","title":"Customization","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"4db37d1a0941dd652abc723730183c6b6385ff40","title":"How to Customize Remote Desktop Shortcuts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-shortcut","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Configure Windows Explorer arguments so your users open directly the storage drive you choose, without browsing manually.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Customization"}]},{"id":"86674af49eaae92e5598b025641266da0eb405ed","title":"How to Customize the Avatar in Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-customize-the-avatar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Change the avatar for the whole organization or for a specific user, during deployment, from the subscription, or from the user's own launchpad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Customization"}]},{"id":"5f57b74608274dae737e35dff134c1aee6c7976f","title":"How to Create Templates on a Server to Reuse Them in Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/customization/how-to-create-reusable-server-templates","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Turn a server you've already configured into a template and reuse it in future Remote Desktop deployments to automate configuration.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Customization"}]},{"id":"c276ec0089c8fae362827c02d59c288686c97a56","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"21e778f4d7e5cbb06c8fb047332a9eec5368ba24","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Detailed Remote Desktop Information","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"}]},{"id":"3b8b1bf4817712b8c79732e732199c0e947f2957","title":"Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/environment","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Remote Desktop terms, grouped by section and explained in tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"13d6c2fd74bee28d0f6374e0fcb41109396a6e7d","title":"Connection Modes","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/connection-modes-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Modes, connection methods, compatible devices, and permissions, in reference tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"c1daf5b6dee0c35a3476d7893060f4799ff5c4f3","title":"Printing","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Environment printing modes and their compatibility depending on the connection method.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"6dc56827b5bda469dd6023d344d04cc420c60fd5","title":"Backup","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Backup modes, scheduling, retention, and restoration of the environment","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"a49d12807b7a95acf0007638cb3991577e0f3f29","title":"Licensing and Billing","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/licensing-and-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"a2f63c3e3aa7ad2bdde076d885124f0960854aae","title":"Networks and Access","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/remote-desktop/details/redes-y-acceso","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Remote access and site-to-site VPNs, ports, 2FA, and the technical rationale for each access option.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Remote Desktop"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"362ed5adcf727fa665386334cedf51b9179578c4","title":"Migrations","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Upload, convert, and deploy your customers' machines and environments in Plenit with a guided wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"0bc57531a1babe87a7144b761abd7fad6546bb8f","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What Migrations is, what the 3-step wizard looks like, what formats and transfer modes it supports, and how the final adjustments are completed.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"b9dfe6e73517a4b43886583008d5a35f01afef8e","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Understand Plenit migrations: what they are, what to decide at each step, and how the full process works.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"5c8b747fa38c8b138d103650d20dab4f168a7683","title":"What are Migrations","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/what-they-are","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What migrating in Plenit means, what you can move, and what to review before starting to avoid blockers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1dacc9b6cbcc585c3cf2b37e9ffbcb3e81a45136","title":"Physical or Virtual Source","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/source","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What it means to migrate from a physical or virtual source and how to choose the correct type in the wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"11a1b90d739383f31b9d8225c29a6c3c93dce6ec","title":"Disk Formats","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The two format paths (Acronis Agent and VHD – Disk Conversion) and which formats each one supports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1e127a98cadca952ef5c7efc4c4a82f4ef6f9b79","title":"Transfer Modes","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How the disk reaches Plenit: SFTP, URL download, web upload, or Acronis Agent, and when each one is best.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c2a137e0c0a9da9b7e9ae62daca62e4faf50305d","title":"The Process","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/the-process","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The stages of a migration: from the 3-step wizard to transfer, conversion, deployment, adjustments, and validation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"5aff21a79a9bdf6715112f4c3c74a68d444de88b","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms that appear throughout the migration guides, explained in a table.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"5944919fcb53bd86a6afacb28a37ddbf0fd76ccd","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to migrate to the cloud depending on the source: on-premise, another hypervisor, or another cloud.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"c4ec5d2be0e4a5c39edd31e2b757c806e4456341","title":"How to Migrate GNU/Linux Servers from On-Premise to Cloud","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-gnulinux-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"d6d964dc5d4fd3d1fb2ae820c1cf6594f7b05c11","title":"How to Migrate On-Premise Windows Servers to Plenit via Acronis","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-de-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"89727abb597f3f781badcdad173af09b8d6f33ab","title":"How to Migrate a FortiGate from On-Premise to Cloud","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-fortigate-desde-on-premise-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"6a4229c2c524f53e23257a143efe38eac6cc034b","title":"How to Migrate a Server from Hyper-V to Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-hyper-v-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"0b121f8382b3a4efec7917ae97c38bae4c33472c","title":"How to Migrate a Server from VMWare to Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-desde-vmware-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"466161594e3d391fb49ee18e2d65dd433e68980b","title":"How to Migrate a Microsoft Azure Virtual Machine to Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-una-maquina-virtual-de-microsoft-azure-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"df8769b77a857df888de317f2624193420f92616","title":"How to Request an Assisted Migration","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-solicitar-ayuda-para-migrar-un-servidor-a-cloud","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"3d41bbce5d4bc4c1b8baf872a17f9be094bd8ad1","title":"How to Migrate On-Premise Windows Servers to Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-servidores-windows-on-premise-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"b8b1440e5fc62e5a50ac9e29ff6e2a2e1e6beb43","title":"How to Migrate a GNU/Linux Server from AWS to Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/how-to/como-migrar-un-servidor-gnulinux-desde-aws-a-plenit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"e0bb88a8388ee2bb8c18862461aa72774284218c","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about Migrations: what can be migrated, formats and transfer, the process, and assistance and costs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"11a466dc734233ae2f67bd4e02af981e354ee0b6","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Detailed information on Migrations: what it includes, the costs, formats and transfer, requirements and statuses, and assistance and limitations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"}]},{"id":"3300cffe66b096cb1e89b995cd0321453a7b44df","title":"What it includes","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details/what-it-includes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What you can migrate today, from which sources, and with what coverage by area.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"9694af2b4f323885035bceaa0fc9fda1750d4b1c","title":"Costs","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details/costs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The three cost layers: assistance, destination infrastructure, and exceptional cases.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"905db9463acf768cf73f3aee0fd4e9d7206185f8","title":"Formats and transfer","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details/formats-and-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The supported disk formats and transfer modes, as a quick reference.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"e7ded6807795c2a75fe6e3c98b20ff6f419706d9","title":"Requirements and statuses","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details/requirements-and-statuses","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The prerequisites worth validating before launching a migration and the phases the process goes through.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"325d8bbd6e133421bf143f4de971d1158ec1120a","title":"Assistance and limitations","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/migrations/details/assistance-and-limitations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The assistance request, current limitations, and improvements in development.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Migrations"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"14b64e167ded2560e38d3d781c67b7defc1f3c01","title":"Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The continuity layer that replicates your customers' critical environments and leaves them ready to be activated.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"bfea32b28b8fd57877202936f0ad67af6d0dae0e","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create your first Disaster Recovery plan step by step","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"f18d31bafbf0ed8ffbcf3c195380de447fe2baa7","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Explanations and definitions of the key Disaster Recovery concepts: what it is, replication, failover and failback, and drills.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"4a3eb64c9e4694ee5b687d74043bce0bfb1e8e62","title":"What is Disaster Recovery?","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"A full replica of your Servers or Remote Desktop subscription in another zone, ready to activate if the main environment goes down","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"8538ac2a7153f3e1cb37a09a033c2e9aec70f992","title":"The replica","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/the-replica","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What the replica keeps, how often it updates, how many points you retain, and what you can leave out","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1d97aa8220d92ce0df7d6f4b0ff9b1f324a9fb97","title":"Failover and failback","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/failover-and-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you move services to the recovery site when needed and how you return to the original environment without losing work done","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"8b26183e28eba1730ffcd05f96673b293bd71135","title":"Drills","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/drills","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How to test the recovery plan without affecting production and what evidence it leaves you.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"8c8856041bb5db032c09e2ec9cd30c51a40074fe","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The Disaster Recovery terms, grouped by section and explained in tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"2dd9d0b799073367a72277acfe724f923a845f20","title":"How to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to configure, test, and operate your recovery plan.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"db9ec4252620e38f9ff83fd6a399aff23386fe97","title":"How to Perform a Failover in Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Activate the backup site when the main one goes down: perform the failover, choose the restore point, and hand over operations to the recovery site.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"eda47222a2310a3fe98a64c8cf6e20af5315fd26","title":"How to Configure the Replication Frequency and Number of Copies in Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-configure-replica-frequency-and-copies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Adjust the replication policy of your Disaster Recovery subscription: how often it replicates, how many restore points you keep, and the type of failover.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"ad7e3db8011ec36292dc8fa40f190b524ce3ebe4","title":"How to Perform Failback in Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-perform-a-failback","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Return operations to the original subscription after a failover and choose the failback type that fits your scenario: keep changes, return quickly, or reconfigure the replica.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"1cbb46338f68cdc69d75a82f58c723a0316b16b3","title":"How to Run a Drill in Disaster Recovery","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-run-a-drill","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Validate that your recovery process works by launching a drill, without triggering a real disaster or interrupting production","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"45f482c8475cd4b55f133fbf8d359ad84e9cb801","title":"How to Delete a Disaster Recovery Subscription","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/how-to/how-to-delete-a-disaster-recovery-subscription","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Delete a Disaster Recovery subscription in order: stop replication, delete the plan, and confirm service deletion.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"How to"}]},{"id":"c6f0fb0ac6b716c1f530277e1d24a79507c5dd18","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about Disaster Recovery: what it is and how it differs from backup, replica, failover and failback, and drills.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"fa4144d9fa0784d09362cbdefd297bbd9b034806","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Detailed information on Disaster Recovery: the plan, replication parameters, what is replicated, and requirements and limits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"}]},{"id":"3fe47fc133e1804580fa51ed43262ae3d856765b","title":"Plans and Blocks","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/servicios-cloud-disaster-recovery-el-plan","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"0c8f03655672c31d337e86d7a0872355c831c391","title":"Replication parameters","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/replication-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequency, start time, restore points, and failover mode that you define in a plan.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"abb9f2f382ca5c74144aec964b7adaee0196776d","title":"What is replicated","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/what-gets-replicated","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The environment elements that Disaster Recovery replicates and what you can leave out of the plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"129c0d25424138920c8da22b5748fd5f3e78da59","title":"Requirements and limits","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/disaster-recovery/detalles/requirements-and-limits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Source conditions, compatibility, and limitations to consider before activating a plan","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Disaster Recovery"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"01a5e114f20f3e4d63763c3347ef7e454a0c8c71","title":"File Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The company's file server in the cloud, with per-user permissions, backups included, and data in Europe.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"e75644491156154e8205a4b1eb266ff1f62d5e16","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Add the service, set the quota, and assign users, in three steps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"}]},{"id":"af63359f6bc4faac58f07c9bdb05aa1776a3b46f","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Explanations and definitions of the key File Storage concepts: what it is, structure, permissions, access, and quota.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"}]},{"id":"44ae3a156d33e0c8434705fdace2923dca88b317","title":"What is File Storage?","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The company's file server in the cloud: folders, permissions, and access from anywhere, with backups included.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"32bd2ea8464e87b473b24b9cfab7d920990f8dee","title":"Folder structure","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/folder-structure","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you centrally organize the company folders and why it is the basis for permissions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"e5ec62174b9cff6a80aa71f03a5d2dd8662a54b2","title":"Users, groups, and permissions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/users-groups-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you grant access by user and group, and how granular permissions with inheritance keep information controlled","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"380513d9ee02de1d432134082529af029e20c9f8","title":"Access and sharing","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/access-and-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The ways to reach the files (web, local drive, and Remote Desktop) and how to share securely with third parties.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"3a90fb3f6e21a7c86e7ca1a3ccae115367206c9a","title":"Quota and backups","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/quota-and-backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Two things that are usually a problem in consumer storage are solved here: space control and data protection.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"86a83d1e8998ecf5282caccf8460ec441fb9ba13","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms of File Storage, grouped by topic and explained in tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6ab0b0eb15fb25a9fbe1750cdf300b0967d78b16","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to set up, grant access to, and manage your file storage.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"}]},{"id":"f8e2e502000408dd764e4d982763aa2877a4b242","title":"How to Access SMB from GNU/Linux Systems","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-access-smb-from-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Connect your File Storage from a GNU/Linux system using the user's SMB data, mounting the share from the terminal.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"c80817c885a08ee66885687a5371ecda05c01947","title":"How to Set Permissions in Your File Storage Environment","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-set-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Configure permissions on folders so each user or group can access only the content corresponding to them.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"d12a166f4bfe1524152740d2e98312b70c6299a8","title":"How to Integrate File Storage into Your Remote Desktop","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-file-storage-with-remote-desktop","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Discover how to integrate the File Storage service into any user's Remote Desktop environment in 2 steps","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"da894d18e3f2deeb2f0b8681d18975a55470cf34","title":"How to Structure Your Folders in Windows","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-structure-folders-in-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Discover how a company can establish a basic folder structure in its File Storage environment in a few steps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"cee907af34787c611a97941ef8f43467d69a3a65","title":"How to Map a Network Drive with net use in Windows","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-map-a-drive-with-net-use","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Discover how to create a mapped drive using “net use” on a Windows server so you can connect to File Storage within Plenit","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"842a944a5ec57d767b6c88a4099613785ef472c7","title":"How to Manage User Groups in File Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/how-to/how-to-manage-user-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Learn how to set up user groups in Plenit's File Storage environment in two steps: create a group and associate users.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"e881a2be1c579eb8312dd45f0aeac71382343cf0","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about File Storage: what it is, structure and permissions, access and sharing, and quota and branding.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"}]},{"id":"20d102679235b93474cd92bdce3c7b21ce442e86","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Detailed information about File Storage: subscription and quota, permissions, access, sharing, customization, and backups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"}]},{"id":"f916fe405d4b2803b985cec83a6514a43bc5c7db","title":"Subscription and quota","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/subscription-and-quota","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The service subscription, quota ranges up to 10 TB, usage alerts, and notifications.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"48439f52e942104dbcc737790fd11efa4e08562a","title":"Permissions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Permission levels, inheritance, and personal and shared spaces, as a quick reference.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"68b00957d15d4d117a5f4bd113ae7f9ccf18430b","title":"Access","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Web access, integration as a local drive via SMB on Windows and Linux, and reference commands.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"c799b7c3e5ee071a2ed20165777a29a2eedda466","title":"External sharing","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/external-sharing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Links to share files and folders with third parties, with password and expiration date","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"184f1d8b533477ec50fd2f7bbc48dd36b4a433c5","title":"Customization","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/customization","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"White-labeling of the service: domain, logo, colors, favicon, and certificate.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"396c089f8ca00099085badb7a21348ac242c1365","title":"Backups","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/file-storage/details/backups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The retention policy for the included backups and how they are restored.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"File Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"433207b7de54d541f0779d7cecb3c79d79089e51","title":"Object Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"High-capacity S3-compatible repository for backups, application data, and large volumes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"}]},{"id":"f1f32869399abfae9c6aed12e99e2530914dbb5e","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create the repository with its quota and assign it an owner user, in two steps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"}]},{"id":"11e9ce24314b905961576b20ddc71fa744f80304","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Explanations and definitions of the key Object Storage concepts: what it is, buckets and objects, S3 access, and resilience and security.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"}]},{"id":"64df8a25f5532cd11cedb6bd7c719d54233f0b62","title":"What is Object Storage?","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"S3-compatible storage for large data volumes: backup, archiving, application data, and logs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d35e27052b035b43a410c8141050c621810cf503","title":"Buckets and objects","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts/buckets-and-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How the repository is organized, what an object is, and how versioning and immutability protect your data.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"6a1f27590f01b3f2310f0defd7c9ee6f0f8b35b4","title":"S3 access: users and credentials","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts/s3-access-users-and-credentials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"df4d2f5bcfe7faafcc0d5ab1795e29dfe1fc69d5","title":"Resilience and security","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts/resilience-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Triple replication, offsite copy, encryption, and compliance that protect your data.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"0fbc0e7c02c3e6fa2b76392a6440f2229a716ac4","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms of Object Storage, grouped by topic and explained in tables.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"d6280aa201f29f9e580e9bd8ca831d3b4dfb7344","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides to connect S3 clients, protect your NAS, and manage backups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"}]},{"id":"d19f70331f3644dcfc7128300650720de6ed958d","title":"How to Manually Set Up a Backup from Your QNAP to Object Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-configure-a-manual-qnap-backup","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Discover how to configure a backup from your QNAP to a Plenit Object Storage","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"37da53e03b536e683a41c75ec4809b2c6b674824","title":"How to Restore from an Object Storage Backup to QNAP","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-restore-an-object-storage-backup-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"dc87e47e10b0bf870774ea5a0ef89f54a9b11343","title":"How to Back Up QNAP to Object Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-back-up-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"This tutorial was made using a QNAP TS-x73A, so if you use a different model there may be small variations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"1366b156efa903f63366c129457b930d4467dae5","title":"How to Integrate Object Storage with an S3 Client","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-integrate-with-an-s3-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Check how to integrate Jotelulu Object Storage with an S3 client in two steps","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"0b47dc48ab621a2fafbc4945fe0b713760b2fe35","title":"How to Map Object Storage to QNAP","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-map-object-storage-to-qnap","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Discover how to map Plenit Object Storage to QNAP to make a local copy of your data.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"be7159309f0b42d8d2e945d43ed0c44fd3dd5480","title":"How to Make a Synchronized Copy of a Path from QNAP to Object Storage","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/how-to/how-to-sync-qnap-to-object-storage","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Keep reading and discover how to make a synchronized copy of a path from QNAP to Plenit Object Storage.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"d6439c525f15aa118a49f032f94566f667bb4ede","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about Object Storage: what it is, buckets and objects, S3 access and clients, and data protection.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"}]},{"id":"10c65d0940c792fee84844970283f91c32834864","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Detailed information about Object Storage: quota and regions, the dashboard, users and permissions, S3 credentials, compatible clients, versioning, and encryption.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"}]},{"id":"a3737ca72b9ef6e2787157664c2b6cf0830a250e","title":"Quota and Regions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/quota-and-regions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Quota is the space you reserve in the repository, and the region is where it is hosted. You define both when you activate the service, and they determine capacity and data location.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"80481e54e037e430ccf7c6c7cdac3f070d3b6598","title":"The Repository in the Dashboard","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/in-the-panel","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The consumption summary and object browser to operate without an S3 client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"054deb3bf72a3cc5ab550543a5769dfe941485a8","title":"Users and Permissions","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/users-and-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"How you manage the repository's S3 users and object permissions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"239e55c6cd222652ff8d387c6e4dce188553145a","title":"S3 credentials and access","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/credentials-and-s3-access","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The connection details, where to get the keys, and the commands with AWS CLI, s3cmd, and rclone.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"dc647f94869a65b5e53c25dadace56fc40a9086a","title":"Compatible clients","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/compatible-clients","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The backup software, NAS devices, and S3 clients that connect to the repository.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"d376b1d5c3331087bd23737e6715e73009bf4a0e","title":"Versioning and immutability","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/versioning-and-immutability","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Versioning, immutability, and automatic deletion, as a reference.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"4609308631b90deecb75e30943c1eb24301a0ef4","title":"Resilience, encryption, and compliance","pathname":"/docs-en/productos/object-storage/details/encryption-and-compliance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Triple replication, encryption, and service certifications.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Products"},{"label":"Object Storage"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"1243e0f098a2d0fec7ac6665d242ca0b2e8d0e33","title":"Go-To-Market","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Your sales operation in Plenit at a glance: quotes, customer billing, rates, and customization of your resources."},{"id":"59ddc0bcd1f973217dbe4f4a04afa199888613a3","title":"Quick Start","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/quickstart","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Get your sales operation up and running in Go to Market: create a rate with your margins and generate your first quote for a customer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"7f92917efd3f41581394d75c2728910be98d3931","title":"Concepts","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The key ideas of your sales operation: what quotes are, customer billing, rates, and resource customization.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"b15bc27f31e0bc14e17b2b27a86e3e719de05e74","title":"What is Go to Market","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/what-it-is","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Go to Market is your sales area in Plenit: define prices, prepare quotes, review what you bill your customers, and use ready-to-sell materials.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"72cc84734a83802cad1d549655c5754d3447214f","title":"Rates","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/rate-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Understand how rates work in Plenit: the difference between your cost and the customer price, the three margin levels, and the recommended rate.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"b6c168bd3beb9548ac8630d53c0ea995d04212f0","title":"Quotes","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What a quote is in Plenit: how it brings together sized services, shows your cost and customer price, its statuses, and the documents it generates.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"c425bf985ce7ff80b9f5bb83175a92576089f604","title":"Customer billing","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/customer-billing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What customer billing is in Plenit: the viewing screen for the delivery notes derived from your customers' usage, with details and downloads.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"1d29e346f1716e741a623ffa0364f0b73fa8a955","title":"Documentation","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/documentation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"What Plenit's Documentation center is: the repository of sales materials, contracts, and templates, many customizable with your branding.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"2e471babb348b295da48dfb5fdb82b5f40a8dc3f","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/concepts/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The terms of Go to Market, explained in a table.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Concepts"}]},{"id":"4fde0609900a27006ee6f4a37f425b474c4d1557","title":"How-to","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Step-by-step guides for your sales operation: create quotes, bill your customers, define rates, and customize your resources.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"e19c5665a97fa00838b242bbc6397bede2c5b780","title":"How to Create a Rate","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-a-rate-card","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Set your margins (general, by service, or by item) and your billing period.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"355c8a30a859df68c0516099d86335e5df578249","title":"How to Generate a Quote","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-quote","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create the proposal with the wizard and adjust the margin on the review screen.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"8ab8244503644cd4e959ffdcc540e1551a85b417","title":"How to Manage Your Quotes","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-manage-your-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Edit, download, preview, clone, or update the rate of a quote.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"7e27293cb1157578c50903ec022fc1d91fee346a","title":"How to Bill Your Customers","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-bill-your-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"View your customers' usage delivery notes and download them in PDF or CSV.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"93617b729f01407f95773def7b656127299e4040","title":"How to Generate a Contract","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-generate-a-contract","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create a customized service agreement with your details and your customer's details.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"a28748138d634e167deec7295356db33b0063d7d","title":"How to create an email marketing campaign with Mailchimp","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/how-to/how-to-create-an-email-campaign-with-mailchimp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Download a branded newsletter template and send it to your customers with Mailchimp.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"How-to"}]},{"id":"d3a8f70dae251832d7c3a47ee67dfc0b4059f5f3","title":"Frequently Asked Questions","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Frequently asked questions about Go to Market: pricing model, rates, quotes, customer billing, and sales documentation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"669bf7a25fa84e5e31566743483969564737f4ec","title":"Details","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The reference for your sales operation: fields, statuses, and options for quotes, customer billing, rates, and resources.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"}]},{"id":"bf5fc9a03076f09477595a2fa9bc7496d783f88e","title":"Rate Parameters","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/details/rate-card-parameters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Reference for the fields of a rate in Plenit: header, margin levels, and columns of each service line.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"0c65a55dc07f03d6397e572e7fcd67ff803a5e3b","title":"Billing Details","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/details/billing-detail","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Reference for customer billing in Plenit: delivery note list columns, delivery note content, and download options.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"2b85bc19aafdce9c24df7a17f2ab64521c6a7e9c","title":"Quote Fields","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/details/quote-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"db3f104a4a785d3ac227beaca95e19a3281b34f0","title":"Documentation Catalog","pathname":"/docs-en/go-to-market/details/documentation-catalog","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Reference for Plenit's Documentation center: available categories, material types, and behavior of each card.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Go-To-Market"},{"label":"Details"}]},{"id":"09e14071bea9376b04c91d82d8e56678268b1bf0","title":"Support","pathname":"/docs-en/support","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"All help in one place: open tickets, track your cases, and contact our team from the dashboard or from WhatsApp."},{"id":"113940d401afe33430a22f569d775b9a109e36b6","title":"Contact","pathname":"/docs-en/support/contact","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"The channels to contact our support team and how to choose each one.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"a1a11dc697e01cac2c28b17f8753b8b0a5fff6a1","title":"Tickets","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tickets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Create, track, and close your incidents and requests from the dashboard, without relying on email.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"a638dd43cf0ea5d56ca4aa18602ab54dd195b61d","title":"WhatsApp","pathname":"/docs-en/support/whatsapp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"Authorize your team's numbers to create and track tickets from WhatsApp with Partner Success.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"17b65947f5262f69da5c6644e3980c26cf4eb266","title":"Tutorials","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"}]},{"id":"413c30abbf3a95b98206b5308bf94b253d424dfd","title":"Linux","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"}]},{"id":"c6e8920cc5357e6b37a7b593800f323235dde497","title":"How to deploy a Docker container in Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-docker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"d80b23cf96e93c1935839b30f545e6240bd4cf82","title":"How to deploy a Kubernetes environment in Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-set-up-kubernetes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"0c5615c93376c9987cd951d7d1ad029befd6c837","title":"How to tell if your server is BIOS or UEFI in GNU/Linux - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/linux/how-to-check-bios-or-uefi-on-linux","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Linux"}]},{"id":"24e39f467ac6cdd9056b4d751daf1347c5142150","title":"Windows","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"}]},{"id":"2bcaa7ee6629c87a759cf39dc23d0a2f22832200","title":"How to upgrade Windows Server 2008 to Windows Server 2019","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-upgrade-windows-server-2008-to-windows-server-2019","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"d5900cf728bfcb4d0e23d6326461b611eca67a37","title":"How to access SMB from Windows systems - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-access-smb-from-windows","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"9f6cd4100bc6cb183ead2995be02b13737c6e8b7","title":"How to configure BitLocker on your Windows client","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-configure-bitlocker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"a14216d7faf1e0d7de8529c8d4c3a5ce4ea19eeb","title":"How to convert UEFI disks to BIOS on your Windows server - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-convert-uefi-disks-to-bios","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"9863a5b0d3ef84dcf0617045967ead92a93b3a84","title":"How to deploy a spanned volume in Windows Server 2022","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-create-a-spanned-volume-windows-server-2022","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"0e38212ad5a1f5bd5eb23e56ffb43c34ef711bca","title":"How to back up GPOs","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-back-up-gpos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"45717e9ce152c9da28120aa753025df7d9bb7819","title":"How to install Sage 50 on a Windows server - Plenit","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-install-sage-50","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"2dbe9cb4efc588535b4940e6e68647d2c9f43b72","title":"How to recover the Administrator password in Windows","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-recover-the-administrator-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"99030807d6de37fc2e09f21cd3f900cf4199fd9f","title":"Basic TSprint configuration","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/tsprint-basic-configuration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"f35059e1d6c9e49e931157b5dbce2a56d1ec4e1f","title":"How to install and configure an FTP server in Windows using PowerShell","pathname":"/docs-en/support/tutorials/windows/how-to-set-up-an-ftp-server-with-powershell","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_q8M8I","lang":"en","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Support"},{"label":"Tutorials"},{"label":"Windows"}]},{"id":"q3WQ4J8x8r6OmvcivtQj","title":"Cómo establecer permisos en tu entorno de Almacenamiento de Archivos","pathname":"/untitled","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_d7ytO","description":"Configura permisos en carpetas para que cada usuario o grupo acceda solo al contenido que necesita."}]}